EnglishWorkbook VT
Content
0
Welcome to Vermont
English
for
working and living
By
Kathryn Kramer and sarah ashby
Text © by Kathryn Kramer & Sarah Ashby
0
1
1
2
Welcome to Vermont: English for Working and Learning is not a work for sale, but it is freely
reproducible for the use of teachers and students. A pdf file of the book is available from
http://shawnashapiro.com/juntos/ or at http://www.osymigrant.org.
This textbook was produced with a grant from Middlebury College’s Undergraduate
Collaborative Research Fund, and we are grateful to the College for its support. We also wish to thank
the many people who helped us with their time and advice: particularly Erin Shea of the Vermont
Migrant Education Program at the University of Vermont Extension; Brendan O’Neill, Molly Nitka, Dan
Cohen, and Sally Black, who teach in the Extension’s Out-of-School-Youth program; and at Middlebury
College Kate Bass, the director of Juntos, the student migrant outreach group, and Shawna Shapiro, in
the Center for Teaching, Learning, and Research. Finally, this project would not have been conceived
were it not for the inspiration provided by those students with whom we have worked. For their
unfailing good humor and patience with our well meaning but sometimes clumsy efforts as we learned
how to teach them, we are very grateful.
We welcome comments and suggestions from those who use this book. They can be sent to
[email protected].
Sarah Ashby & Kathryn Kramer
2
3
Introduction
Hello and welcome to your new English learning textbook!
The purpose of this textbook is to guide your study of the English language
and introduce you to American customs and traditions. The lessons in this
textbook are designed for a novice to intermediate English speaker.
Every lesson in the book is intended to be relevant to your day-to-day life.
Some lessons are about jobs and work, others are about living in Vermont or the
United States, and many contain useful information and vocabulary that we hope
will help you to feel more at home in your community.
This textbook comes with a workbook and several Appendices for further
study and reference. Make sure to let your teacher know what subjects you are
most interested in, so you can spend more time on those lessons.
Most importantly—have fun! Try speaking English whenever you have the
chance—people are almost always glad to help you to communicate. Learning a
new language is a challenging, yet rewarding experience.
¡Hola y bienvenidos a su nuevo manual de inglés!
El propósito de este manual es guiar sus estudios del idioma inglés e
introducirle a las costumbres y tradiciones estadounidenses. Las lecciones de este
manual son diseñadas para estudiantes de nivel inicial e intermedio.
Cada lección de este libro va a ser relevante a su vida cotidiana. Algunas
lecciones tratan sobre trabajo, otras tratan sobre la vida en los Estados Unidos, y
muchas contienen información y vocabulario útil que le ayudará entender mejor e
integrarse en su comunidad estadounidense.
Este manual también viene con un cuaderno de ejercicios y apéndices para
referencia o para estudiar más. Asegúrese que su profesor/a sepa cuales lecciones
le interesan más para que pueda dedicarle más tiempo a ellas.
Pero lo más importante de todo es… ¡Diviértase! Trate de hablar inglés
cuando pueda—a la gente le gusta ayudarte comunicar. Aprender un nuevo
idioma puede ser exigente, pero también es una experiencia que da mucha
satisfacción.
3
4
table of contents
Page numbers
1.
Introductions
9
Possessive pronouns; To Be
2.
Family
11
Numbers; To Have, To Have (negative)
3.
Describing People and Feelings
13
To Be (negative); Opposites
4.
Money
15
Telephone numbers; Nouns: Plurals
5.
In the House
17
To Go; Imperative; Nouns: possessive form; Prepositions
of location
6.
Parts of the Body
19
To Have (interrogative)
7.
Time of Day
21
8.
Calendar and Seasons
23
Ordinal numbers; To Be (past); To Have (past)
4
5
9.
Weather and Days of the Week
25
To Be (future)
10. Food
27
To Like
11. Grocery Shopping I
29
Adjectives: placement and agreement; To Need and To Want
12. Grocery Shopping II
31
Demonstrative adjectives
13. Comparing and Measuring
33
Comparatives and superlatives
14. Telephoning
35
Leaving a message; Calling 911
15. In Town
37
To Go (present progressive)
16. Town and City
39
To Go (past)
17. In the Country
41
Vermont geography; To See and To Look
18. Giving Directions
5
43
6
19. Health I
45
Auxiliary verb Can; Expressions of frequency
20. Health II
47
Levels of certainty; Polite forms
21. At the Dentist
49
Levels of difficulty
22. Pharmacy
51
Kinds of medicine; Prescriptions; Imperative
23. Post Office
53
To Go (future)
24. Wiring Money
55
There is, There are
25. Animals
57
Vermont wild and domestic animals
26. Cows
59
Facts about the dairy industry
27. Jobs
61
Auxiliary verbs would, could, should; have to; need to
6
7
28. Living in the United States I
63
Families and customs
29. Living in the United States II
65
Geography and population
30. Education
67
Regular verbs: past tense
31. Cooking
69
Measurements; Recipe; Present progressive
32. Music and Recreation
71
Past progressive
33. Sports
73
34. Clothing
75
This, that; These, those
35. Cleaning the House
77
To Go (past progressive); Problems in the house
7
36. Dining Out
79
37. Ordering Pizza
81
38. Holidays
83
8
APPENDICES
A:
Alphabet and Pronunciation
85
B:
Verbs – Regular and Irregular
87
C:
Health Vocabulary and Forms
98
D:
Dairy Vocabulary
107
E:
Agricultural Vocabulary
113
F:
Calling 911
115
WORKBOOK (Lessons 1-38)
8
121-159
Lesson 1: Introductions
Hello.
9
A: Hello. My name is Tom. What is your
name?
Hi.
Good morning.
How are you doing?
B:
My name is Gabriel.
How you doin’?
A:
Nice to meet you.
How’s it going?
B:
Nice to meet you, too.
What’s new?
What’s happening?
A: Good morning,
Ruben. How are you?
Fine.
B: I am fine, thank
you. How are you?
Not too bad.
A:
Kind of sick.
Kind of sick.
B:
That’s too bad.
B:
Okay.
Tired.
Sleepy.
Very well.
Yeah, me too.
A:
Goodbye.
Hi, how are you?
B: Fine, thanks, and
you?
See you later.
See you soon.
A: Okay. I’m a little
tired.
See you tomorrow.
Good night.
B:
TO BE
Singular
st
9
Yeah, me too.
TO BE, with contractions
Plural
st
Singular
Plural
1 person
I am
We are
1 person
I’m
We’re
2nd person
You are
You are
2nd person
You’re
You’re
3rd person
He, she, it is
They are
3rd person
He’s, she’s, it’s
They’re
10
A:
Hi, what is your name?
B:
Roberto Garcia. What’s yours?
A: My name is Juan Chavez.
Where are you from?
B:
I am from Mexico.
A:
Where in Mexico?
B: Veracruz. Where are you
from?
A: I am from Mexico too. I am
from Chiapas.
B:
Nice to meet you.
A:
Nice to meet you, too.
POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS
Singular
Plural
1st person
My
Our
2nd person
Your
Your
3rd person
His, Her, Its
Their
Hello, my name is Alicia Anaya. I am from Guadalajara,
Mexico. I am okay, but a little tired. See you later.
VOCABULARY
Fine
Goodbye
Goodnight
Hello
How are you doing?
How’s it going?
Nice to meet you
Not too bad
10
Bien
Adiós
Buenas noches
Hola
¿Cómo estás?
¿Qué tal?
Encantado/a de conocerle
No tan mal
Okay
See you later/soon/
tomorrow
Sleepy
Tired
Very well
What’s new?
Where are you from?
Bien
Hasta luego/pronto/
mañana
Soñoliento
Cansado/a
Muy bien
¿Qué hay de nuevo?
¿De dónde eres?
Lesson 2: family
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
one
two
three
four
five
six
seven
eight
nine
ten
eleven
twelve
thirteen
fourteen
fifteen
sixteen
seventeen
eighteen
nineteen
twenty
twenty-one
thirty
forty
fifty
sixty
seventy
eighty
ninety
one hundred
A:
Hello. How are you?
B:
Very well.
11
A: My name is Isabel. What is your name?
B: My name is Elsa. I am from Canada. Where are you
from?
A: I’m from Oaxaca. I am nineteen years old. How old
are you?
B:
I’m thirty years old.
STUDENT IDENTIFICATION CARD
Name: ____Marta Quiroga_________________________
Age: __Nineteen (19)_____
Address: __________21 Maple Street_____________________
________Middlebury, Vermont 05753_____________
Phone Number: ____(802) 447 – 5892__________
TO HAVE
Singular
st
Plural
1 person
I have
We have
2nd person
You have
You have
3rd person
He, she, it has
They have
TO HAVE (negative)
Singular
11
Plural
1st person
I don’t have
We don’t have
2nd person
You don’t have
You don’t have
3rd person
He, she, it doesn’t have
They don’t have
A:
Tiquio, do you have a brother?
B:
Yes, I have a brother.
12
A: How old is he?
Who is in your family?
Mother
Father
Sister
Brother
B:
He is eleven. Do you have a brother?
A:
No, I have one sister.
B:
How old is she?
A:
She’s seventeen.
B:
What’s her name?
A:
Margarita.
Daughter
Son
A:
Wife
Who is in your family, Carla?
Grandson
B: I have a grandmother, a
grandfather, a mother, a father, a
sister, and two brothers.
Grandmother
A: Do you have any aunts or uncles?
Grandfather
B: Yes, many!
Husband
Granddaughter
Aunt
A: Do you have a son or a daughter?
Uncle
B:
Niece
Not yet!
Nephew
My name is Zenaido Mendez. I am ten years old. My sisters are Lucinda and
Margarita. My brother is José. My mother is named Josefina. She is in
Guatemala with me and my sisters. My father is named Hermengildo. He is in
Vermont with my brother.
VOCABULARY
12
Aunt
Brother
Daughter
Father
Family
Granddaughter
Grandfather
Grandmother
Grandson
La tía
El hermano
La hija
El padre
La familia
La nieta
El abuelo
La abuela
El nieto
How old are you?
Mother
Nephew
Niece
Not yet
Sister
Son
Uncle
Yes, many
¿Cuántos años tiene(s)?
La madre
El sobrino
La sobrina
Todavía no
La hermana
El hijo
El tío
Sí, muchos
Lesson 3: describing people and feelings
13
A: Good morning, Diego. How are you feeling?
B:
Hello, Miguel. I am worried. My sister is sick.
A:
Where is she?
Are you okay?
B:
She’s in New York. She is seven years old.
Is everything all right?
A:
I’m sorry. Is she very sick?
How are you?
B:
I don’t know. I hope not.
A:
I hope not too.
Is there a problem?
Can I help you?
Not
Not very
A little
Very
Extremely
WORRIED
PROUD
HAPPY
SAD
FRUSTRATED
D
CONFIDENT
CONFUSED
CURIOUS
ANGRY
EMBARRASSED
SORRY
TO BE (negative)
Singular
st
13
SURPRISED
LONELY
DISAPPOINTED
TO BE (negative contractions)
Plural
st
Singular
Plural
1 person
I am not
We are not
1 person
I’m not
We’re not
2nd person
You are not
You are not
2nd person
You’re not
You’re not
3rd person
He, she, it is not
They are not
3rd person
He’s, She’s, It’s not
They’re not
Pelé is…
Pele is not…
young.
old.
very strong.
weak.
short.
not very tall.
14
Pelé has short hair. He does not have
long hair.
Opposites
Opposites
Short
Tall
Handsome/Pretty
Ugly
Quiet
Loud
Thin
Fat
Young
Old
Weak
Strong
Small
Large
New
Old
Light
Heavy
Cheap
Expensive
Round
Square
Short
Long
The piano is not small. The piano is very large.
The piano is extremely heavy. The piano is not light.
The piano is expensive. The piano is not cheap.
My name is Susan, and I am from California. I am twenty years old. I am young,
tall, and thin. I am not very loud, but am very quiet. Today I am feeling
extremely lonely and very sad because I left California. I left because I have a
new job in Vermont. My mother and my father are proud because I have a new
job, but I miss them.
VOCABULARY
Are you okay?
Cheap
Expensive
Heavy
I hope not
Large
Light
Long
Miss (someone)
14
¿Estás bien?
Barato/a
Caro/a
Pesado/a
Espero que no
Grande
Ligero/a
Largo/a
Echar de menos
Old
Short
Sick
Small
Strong
Tall
Weak
Young
Viejo/a
Bajo/a
Enfermo/a
Pequeño/a
Fuerte
Alto/a
Débil
Joven
EMOTIONS
Curious
Curioso/a
Proud
Orgulloso/a
Confident
Seguro de sí mismo
Lonely
Solitario/a
Confused
Confundido/a
Disappointed
Decepcionado/a
Sorry
Arrepentirse de
15
Lesson 4: Money
A:
Excuse me, how much is this?
B:
It’s $1.25 (one twenty-five).
A:
And how much is the Coca-Cola?
B:
It’s $1.50 (one-fifty).
A: Thank you.
B
Penny
$1 One Dollar
re
1¢ One Cent
A: Thank you.
Nickel
$5 Five Dollars
5¢ Five Cents
Dime
$10 Ten Dollars
10¢ Ten Cents
Quarter
$20 Twenty Dollars
25¢ Twenty-Five Cents
$1.00 American Dollar = $ 12.90 Pesos Mexicanos (more or less)
$10.00 = $127.80
$20.00 = $255.60
$50.00 = $639.00
A: How much are the avocados?
B: Two dollars.
A: That’s expensive!
B: How much are they in Mexico?
A: I don’t know. Maybe ______ .
B: That’s cheap.
A: Food is expensive here.
15
Plurals of Nouns
avocado
avocados
dollar
dollars
match
matches
six
sixes
Clerk:
That will be $12.95. (Twelve ninety-five or Twelve dollars
and ninety-five cents.)
16
Customer: Here’s $20.00. (Twenty.)
Clerk:
Your change is $7.05. (Seven oh five or Seven dollars and
five cents.)
Customer: Thank you. May I have change for a dollar?
Clerk:
In quarters?
Customer: Yes, please.
Clerk:
Here you go.
Customer: Thanks.
A: Hello, Mariela. What is
your number?
A: Andrew, what is the area
code for Vermont?
B: The area code for my
number is eight-zero-two.
B: The area code is 802 for
all of Vermont. It’s a small
state. Does Mexico have an
area code?
The rest of my number is
four-four-three, six-eightone-nine.
A: Mexico has a country
code. The country code for
Mexico is 52.
A: Like this: (802) 4436819?
B:
Yes, that’s my number!
My name is Sylvia, and I am twenty-five years old. My brother is Javier and he is
seven. We are from Guatemala. Javier is not sad today. He is very happy,
because he has five dollars to buy candy. The candy costs three dollars and fifty
cents ($3.50). He will have a dollar-fifty ($1.50) left.
VOCABULARY
Area code
Avocados
Buy
Candy
Cent
Change
Cheap
16
Código de la zona
El aguacate
Comprar
Dulces
El centavo
El cambio/Las onedas
Barato/a
Country Code
Dollar
Excuse me
Expensive
How much is this?
State
Telephone number
Código del país
El dólar
¡Perdón!
Caro/a
¿Cuánto cuesta(n)?
Estado
Número de teléfono
Lesson 5: In the house
A:
Marcelo, go to the door. Someone is here.
B:
Okay. [Marcelo opens the door]
C:
Hello, my name is Celina. I am the Roberto’s sister.
B:
Nice to meet you.
A:
Hi, Celina. I am very happy that you are here!
17
Possessives
Roberto’s sister =
the sister of Roberto
My sister’s bedroom =
the bedroom of my
sister
Let’s go to the kitchen to make dinner!
Rooms in the house
Living room
Kitchen
Bedroom
Bathroom
Living room
Kitchen
Bathroom
Chair
Counter
Bathtub
Couch
Cupboard
Lamp
Light
Rug
Refrigerator
Table
Sink
Television
Stove
Bedroom
Mirror
Bed
Shower
Closet
Sink
Desk
Toilet
Dresser
Sink
Picture
Rug
TO GO
17
Singular
Plural
1st person
I go
We go
2nd person
You go
You go
3rd person
He, she, it goes
They go
IMPERATIVE
Go
Put
Go to the window
Put the mirror in the bathroom
Put your sister to bed
18
Where is…?
The cat is IN the box.
The cat is ON the box.
The cat is IN FRONT OF the box.
The cat is BESIDE the box.
The cat is UNDER the box.
The cat is BEHIND the box.
The cat is BETWEEN the boxes.
I am Gabriela, and I live in Vermont. I am from Argentina, but I live in Vermont.
I live in a house with my mother, my father, and two sisters. My house is old
and very big. I like the kitchen in my house because it has lots of windows. I
have my own bedroom between my sister’s bedroom and the bathroom. In my
bedroom, I have a small bed, a desk, a rug, and a lamp.
VOCABULARY
Bathroom
Bed
Bedroom
Chair
Desk
Kitchen
Lamp
Living room
Open the door
Oven
18
Cuarto de baño
La cama
El dormitorio
La silla
El escritorio
La cocina
La lámpara
La sala de estar
Abre la puerta
El horno
Refrigerator
Rug
Shower
Sink
Stove
Table
Television
Toilet
Window
La nevera
La alfombra / El tapete
La ducha
El fregadero / El lavabo
La cocina / La estufa
La mesa
La televisión
El váter
La ventana
Lesson 6: Parts of the body
A:
Paulo, are you okay?
B:
I am not so good.
A:
What is wrong?
B:
My arm hurts.
A:
Where does it hurt?
B:
Here. It hurts a lot.
A:
Maybe it is broken.
B:
I need to see the doctor.
A:
Yes, you do. Let’s go.
Parts of the Body
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
Head
Cheek
Forehead
Eye
Nose
Ear
Mouth
Lips
Neck
Chin
Shoulder
Armpit
Chest
Where is your arm?
19
Touch your nose
Is that your knee?
14) Waist
15) Stomach
16) Hips
17) Hand
18) Arm
19) Elbow
20) Fingers
21) Wrist
22) Leg (Calf)
23) Leg (Thigh)
24) Knee
25) Ankle
26) Foot
Touch your foot
Where is your mouth?
19
Do I have?
A: Consuelo and Elena, what is wrong? Where
do you hurt?
Do you have?
C:
My head hurts.
Does he/she/it
have?
E:
And my eyes hurt me.
A:
Do you feel very sick?
Do we have?
Do they have?
20
C: No, I think we are just tired. We will go to bed
soon.
True/False?
1. Do you have two ears?
4. Does a cat have four legs?
2. Do you have three eyes?
5. Do we have two noses?
3. Does your father have three feet?
6. Do you have twelve toes?
What is wrong with
Juana?
What is wrong with
Jorge?
What hurts Juana?
What hurts Jorge?
Juana’s head hurts.
Jorge’s stomach hurts.
What is wrong with Rosa?
What hurts Rosa?
Rosa’s neck hurts.
Hello! I am Josefina, from Peru. I can not go to work today because my son is
sick. My son’s name is Lorenzo. He is in bed. What is wrong with Lorenzo? His
throat hurts him and his head hurts him very much. I am worried, because
Lorenzo is very young.
VOCABULARY
Arm
Broken
Doctor
Ears
Fingers
Go to bed
Go to work
20
El brazo
Quebrado/a
El/La médico/a
Las orejas
Los dedos
Ir a la cama
Ir a trabajar
Hurt
Legs
Move
Shoulder
Sick
Stomach
What is wrong?
Doler
Las piernas
Mover(se)
El hombro
Enfermo/a
El estómago
¿Qué te pasa?
21
Lesson 7: TIME OF DAY
A:
What time is it?
B:
It’s one-thirty in the afternoon.
A:
Already! What time do you get up in the morning?
B:
Very early. Five o’clock.
A:
That is early. Do you go to sleep early too?
B: Yes, because I am very sleepy! I go to sleep after I eat
dinner. Usually I go to sleep at nine-thirty.
What time is it? It is….
… one o’clock.
… eight-thirty.
… half past eight.
6:25
2:47
…six twenty-five.
…twenty-five past six.
21
… two forty-seven.
… five o’clock.
… three fifteen.
… a quarter past three.
10:05
4:50
… ten-oh-five.
… five past ten.
… four-fifty.
…ten till five.
A:
What time is it?
B:
Eight-thirty. Do you want to have dinner?
A:
Eight-thirty! Yes, I’m hungry! And I have to go to sleep soon.
B:
Me too.
A:
Okay. I have enchiladas, okay?
B:
Great, thanks.
Time of Day
Morning
Noon
5:00
a.m.
Afternoon
Night
Midnight
Late
Early
6:00
6:45
(18:45)
22
At five o’clock in
the morning I get
up.
At five-ten I take a shower.
5:10
At five-thirty I eat breakfast.
5:30
At six o’clock I go
to work.
12:00
At six fortyfive I eat
dinner.
At noon I eat
lunch.
At nine-thirty
I go to bed.
9:30
(21:30)
Hi there. I am Ronaldo from Guadalajara, and this is my schedule. At six-fifteen
in the morning, I get up. I take a shower at six twenty, and eat breakfast at sixthirty. At seven o’clock in the morning, I go to work. I work until noon. At
noon, I eat lunch. I come home at five o’clock and eat dinner at seven-thirty. At
ten-thirty I am very sleepy, so I go to bed!
VOCABULARY
22
Afternoon
Already
Clock
Early
Eat breakfast
Eat dinner
Eat lunch
Get up
Go to bed
Go to work
La tarde
Ya
El reloj
Temprano
Tomar el desayuno
Cenar
Almorzar
Levantarse
Acostarse
Ir a trabajar
Late
Midnight
Morning
Night
Noon
Schedule
Take a shower
Until
What time is it?
Tarde
Medianoche
La mañana
La noche
Mediodía
La rutina
Ducharse
Hasta
¿Qué hora es?
Lesson 8: CALENDAR AND SEASONS
A:
Luci, what is the date?
B: Hmmmm … yesterday was the 31st of March, so today is the 1st of
April.
A:
April already! We are in spring, then.
B: Yes, spring begins on March 20th.
A: I hope that the weather is warm now! I am tired of the snow and
cold of winter in Vermont.
Seasons
----------
December
January
February
WINTER
March
SPRING
April
May
June
SUMMER
July
August
September
October
November
FALL
------------YESTERDAY
months
-------------
TODAY
TOMORROW
What Day Is It?
What day is it?
Today is the FIFTH of JANUARY.
23
Today is JANUARY FIFTH .
JANUARY 5
23
Ordinal Numbers
1st first
2nd second
3rd third
4th fourth
5th fifth
6th sixth
7th seventh
8th eighth
9th ninth
10th tenth
11th eleventh
12th twelfth
13th thirteenth
14th fourteenth
15th fifteenth
16th sixteenth
17th seventeenth
18th eighteenth
19th nineteenth
20th twentieth
21 st twenty-first
30th thirtieth
40th fortieth
50th fiftieth
60th sixtieth
70th seventieth
80th eightieth
90th ninetieth
100th one
hundredth
24
A:
Is it summer yet?
B:
Summer begins on June 21st. Today is June 20th.
A:
So summer begins tomorrow!
B: Yes, tomorrow is the first day of summer. Today is the
last day of spring.
Last ------------------ First
TO BE (past tense)
Singular
st
Plural
1 person
I was
We were
2nd person
You were
You were
3rd person
He, she, it was
They were
TO HAVE (past tense)
Singular
Plural
1st person
I had
We had
2nd person
You had
You had
3rd person
He, she, it had
They had
Hello! My name is Maria Marta del Santo. Yesterday was my fifty-fifth birthday.
I am getting so old! Today is the 8th of July. My birthday is always in the summer.
Yesterday I had a birthday party with my children and my grandchildren.
VOCABULARY
24
Birthday
Cold
Date
Day
Fall
First
Last
Snow
Cumpleaños
Frío/a
La fecha
El día
El otoño
Primero/a
Último/a
La nieve
Spring
Summer
Today
Tomorrow
Warm
Weather
Winter
Yesterday
La primavera
El verano
Hoy
Mañana
Templado/a
El tiempo
El invierno
Ayer
Lesson 9: weather and days of the week
A:
Hello, Miguel! Good morning.
B:
Good morning, Rudolfo.
A:
Miguel, what days do you work this week?
B:
Today is Monday. I work Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, and Sunday.
A:
You do not work Tuesday?
B:
Tomorrow? No, I do not work tomorrow. Tomorrow I will sleep late!
What day of the week is today?
What day of the week was yesterday?
Days of the Week
What day will it be tomorrow?
SUNDAY
What is your favorite day of the week? Why?
MONDAY
TUESDAY
TO BE (future)
WEDNESDAY
THURSDAY
Singular
1st person
I will be
We will be
FRIDAY
2nd person
You will be
You will be
SATURDAY
3rd person
He, she, it will be
They will be
A:
What is the weather like today?
B:
It is very rainy, and there are thunderstorms.
A : There is no sun?
25
Plural
B:
No, the weather is cloudy.
A:
This is spring weather!
B:
Yes, it is. I don’t like bad weather.
A:
I know. But soon it will be summer!
25
26
SUN
RAIN
WIND
How is the weather? It’s …
Good
Bad
Cold
Hot
Sunny
Rainy
Warm
Snowing
Cloudy
Clear
Wet
Dry
SNOW
Know
Questions
I know
Who knows?
Do you know?
You know what?
Nobody knows.
Who?
What?
When?
Where?
Why?
A:
What will the weather be like tomorrow?
B:
Who knows? Vermont weather is crazy!
A:
Yes, yesterday was sunny and warm, today was rainy …
B:
Maybe tomorrow there will be snow.
A: I hope not! I will be happy if I do not see snow again until next
winter.
My name is Manuel Martin, and I am going to church. Today is Sunday, and I
take my family to church every Sunday. My wife is happy because the weather
is warm and sunny today. Yesterday the weather was cold and rainy, and my
wife did not want to leave the house. Today summer is here!
VOCABULARY
Bad weather
Church
Cloudy
Cold
Crazy
Dry
Good Weather
Hot
26
Mal tiempo
La iglesia
Nublado/a
Frío/a
Loco/a
Seco/a
Buen tiempo
Caluroso/a
Know
Sleep late
Soon
Thunderstorms
Warm
Week
Wet
Work
Saber
Dormir hasta tarde
Pronto
Tormenta eléctrica
Templado/a
La semana
Mojado/a
Trabajo
27
Lesson 10: FOOD
A:
Carla, it is eight o’clock. It’s time to eat dinner!
B:
Okay, what do you want to cook?
A: My favorite food is rice with beans. It is common to eat rice with
beans in Brazil, where I am from.
B:
Sounds good!
A:
Do we have any salt?
B:
Yes, here it is.
A:
Good. Let’s get started!
Food Groups
Fruit
Vegetables
Meat
Fish
Breads
Milk Products
Sweets
27
Common Foods
Beans
Beef
Butter
Cereal
Cheese
Chicken
Coffee
Eggs
Flour
Juice
Milk
Pasta
Rice
Salt
Soup
Soda
Sugar
Tea
Water
A:
Sergio, what would you like coffee with dinner?
B:
No, thank you mother, I do not like coffee.
A:
Do you like juice?
B:
No, I do not like juice either. I like milk.
28
A: Okay, here is milk. We have fish for dinner
tonight.
TO LIKE
Singular
Plural
1 person
I like
We like
2nd person
You like
You like
3rd person
He, she, it likes
They like
st
What is your favorite food?
TO LIKE (negative)
A: Do you like chicken?
B: Yes! Chicken is my
favorite food. What is your
favorite food?
A: My favorite food is
pasta. I am from Italy!
Singular
Plural
1st person
I don’t like
We don’t like
2nd person
You don’t like
You don’t like
3rd person
He, she, it doesn’t like
They don’t like
B: I don’t like pasta. But I
do like Italian bread.
I am Rosario, and I like sweets and fruit. Anything that has sugar! I don’t like
vegetables very much. When I get up in the morning, I eat cereal, fruit, and
juice. But I want to eat cake!
VOCABULARY
Cake
Chicken
Cook
Dinner
Favorite food
Get started
Good health
Here it is
28
El pastel
El pollo
Cocinar
La cena
Comida preferida
Empezar
Buena salud
Aqui está
I like milk
Let’s get started
Rice with beans
Serving
Sounds good
Sugar
Sweets
Want to
Me gusta la leche
Vamos a empezar
Arroz con frijoles
Servicio
Parece bien
El azúcar
Los dulces
Tenir ganas de
Lesson 11: Grocery shopping I
29
A: Excuse me, please. Where is the milk?
B: The milk is in the dairy aisle.
A: Is the dairy aisle number three?
B: Yes, it is. It is between the meats and poultry aisle
and the frozen foods aisle.
A: Thank you very much!
B: No problem.
AISLE 1
PRODUCE
AISLE 2
MEATS AND
POULTRY
AISLE 5
BAKERY
AISLE 3
DAIRY PRODUCTS
AISLE 6
CANNED GOODS
A: Excuse me. Do you have bean soup?
B: Bean soup? Yes, we do have bean
soup.
It is in the canned goods aisle.
A: Where is that?
B: Aisle 6. Beside the bakery.
A: Thank you very much.
AISLE 4
FROZEN FOODS
AISLE 7
DRINKS
Adjectives
We have fresh apples.
There is brown bread.
They have good pizza.
--------------One fresh apple.
Two fresh apples.
Do you have …?
29
Do you have fresh apples?
o No, we do not have fresh apples. But we have fresh oranges! They are in the produce aisle.
Do you have pizza?
o Yeah, in aisle 4.
Do you have brown bread?
o I’m not sure. Look in the bakery – there might be some brown bread.
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
30
I need some chicken.
I’m sorry, I don’t understand. What do you want?
I want to buy chicken.
Oh, I see. Look in aisle two. We have beef, chicken, and fish.
Are the eggs in aisle two also?
No, the eggs are in aisle three with the dairy products.
Thank you.
I don’t understand.
A: Excuse me, I need some cheese.
B: I don’t understand. Can you repeat that?
A: Where is the cheese?
B: Oh, I understand. It is in the dairy aisle.
Beside the milk.
A: Thank you very much.
Can you repeat that?
Excuse me?
I’m sorry, what did you say?
Speak more slowly, please.
Pardon?
TO NEED
Singular
st
TO WANT
Plural
Singular
st
Plural
1 person
I need
We need
1 person
I want
We want
2nd person
You need
You need
2nd person
You want
You want
3rd person
He, she, it needs
They need
3rd person
He, she, it wants
They want
I am Claudia, and I am grocery shopping. I need to buy food for dinner tonight.
I need to buy rice, beans, beef, and bread. I want to buy some fruit also for
breakfast tomorrow. When I come to the supermarket, I always go first to the
bakery to ask if there is fresh bread. This supermarket has very good fresh
bread!
VOCABULARY
30
Aisle
Bakery
Canned goods
Can you repeat that?
Dairy products
Drinks
Excuse me?
El pasillo
La panadería
La comida enlatada
¿Me puede repetir?
Los productos lácteos
Las bebidas
¿Perdón?
Frozen foods
Go grocery shopping
I don’t understand
Meats and poultry
Produce
Speak more slowly, please .
Supermarket
Las comidas congeladas
Ir al mercado
No entiendo
La carne
Frutas y verduras
Hable más despacio, por
favor.
El supermercado
Lesson 12: Grocery shopping II
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
Excuse me, how much is this bread?
Pardon?
How much does this bread cost?
Three dollars and fifteen cents.
Thank you. And these eggs?
Five twenty.
You mean five dollars and twenty cents?
Yes.
How much is this?
How much does this cost?
What is the price?
One carton of eggs
One six pack of
beer
One carton of milk
One box of cereal
One can of soup
One loaf of bread
31
Ten pounds of meat
Singular
Plural
Near me
This
These
Here
Far from me
That
Those
There
31
A: How much is this beef?
B: It’s $2.39 per pound.
A: There are 4.30 pounds.
B: Then it costs $10.28
A: That is expensive!
B: There is some chicken in the
meat aisle that is not so expensive.
A: I know. But I like beef better.
32
Cashier: Are you ready to
check out?
Rodrigo: Yes, thanks.
Cashier:
$16.53.
Cashier: Is this all?
Marco: Yes, that’s all.
Your total is
Rodrigo: Sixteen dollars
and fifty-three cents?
CASHIER
Cashier: Yes. Do you want
to pay by credit card or cash?
Your total is
Marco:
dollars?
Twenty-three
Cashier:
cents.
And fourteen
Marco:
Okay. Here’s
twenty-five dollars.
Rodrigo: Cash. Here is
twenty dollars.
Cashier: And here is your
change. $3.47.
Cashier:
$23.14.
Cashier: Your change is
$1.86. Have a nice day!
CREDIT CARD
/
CASH
I am Sofia, and I am at the supermarket. I am ready to buy my food. I give the
cashier twenty dollars, and she gives me my change. Today the supermarket
has started carrying mole sauce and posole, like we eat in Mexico. My sister will
be so happy to see that! We both miss the food in Mexico.
VOCABULARY
Box
Can
Carton
Cash
Credit Card
How much is this?
Loaf
32
La caja
La lata
El cartón
El dinero efectivo
La tarjeta de crédito
¿Cuánto cuesta(n)?
Una barra (de pan)
Pay
Pound
Ready
That
These
This
Those
Pagar
La libra
Listo/a
Ese/esa/eso
Aquél/aquella/aquello
Estos/estas
Este/esta/esto
Esos/esas
Aquellos/aquellas
Lesson 13: comparing and measuring
33
A: Ana, which carton of milk will we buy?
B: Well, this carton is bigger and heavier and has more milk.
It is also not as expensive as the other one.
A: The bigger carton of milk is cheaper?
B: Yes, it is one dollar cheaper!
A: Well, we should buy the bigger carton, then, of course!
$3.25
True/False
Coca Cola is cheaper
than water
$2.25
Sample Receipt
SHAW’S
Shaw’s 7519 (802) 388-0930
4/27/10 10:43 7519 04 0039 395
One egg is heavier than
one orange
PRODUCE
Mangos are sweeter
than tomatoes
WT
2.09 lb @ 3.99/lb
ASPARAGUS
8.34 F
SUBTOTAL PRODUCE 8.34
Carrots are healthier
than potato chips
GROCERY
GOYA BLACK BEAN 1.29
SH EVAP MLK .89
COMPARING THINGS…
SUBTOTAL GROCERY 2.18
Comparatives
Superlatives
Heavy
Heavier
Heaviest
Cheap
Cheaper
Cheapest
Small
Smaller
Smallest
DAIRY
MISSN6 WHT CN
1.79
SUBTOTAL DAIRY
1.79
***SUBTOTAL 12.31
***TAX
33
.00
TOTAL 12.31
34
WEIGHT
HEIGHT
1 pound = .45 Kilograms
1 inch = 2.54 centimeters
10 pounds = 4.55 Kilograms
1 foot = 30.5 centimeters / .3 meters
100 pounds = 45.45 Kilograms
10 feet = 3 meters
200 pounds = 90.9 Kilograms
1 mile = 1.6 kilometers
VOLUME
1 pint = .47 liters
1 quarter = .95 liters
1 half-gallon = 1.9 liters
1 gallon = 3.8 liters
160 pounds
55 pounds
5 feet 11 inches
3 feet 6 inches
Comparisons and Superlatives
(more vs. most)
The man is taller than his son. The boy is shorter than his father.
The man is heavier than his son. The boy is lighter than his father.
The man is the tallest. The boy is the shortest.
The man is the heaviest. The boy is the lightest.
I am Clara from Mexico City, and I will go to a party tonight. The party is a
birthday party for my uncle, Alfonso, who will be fifty-two years old. I need to
bring a cake to the party. I go to the grocery store, and see a small round cake
for $5.45 and a larger chocolate cake for $8.95. The round cake is pretty, but the
chocolate cake is prettier. It is the one I will bring to the party.
VOCABULARY
34
Birthday party
Egg
Healthy
Heavy
Height
Light
Of course
Orange
Fiesta de cumpleaños
El huevo
Saludable
Pesado/a
La altura
Ligero/a
Por supuesto
La naranja
Potato chips
Pretty
Round
Sweet
Total
Volume
Water
Weight
Patatas fritas
Bonito/a
Redondo/a
Dulce
Total
El volumen
El agua
El peso
Lesson 14: telephoning
A: Vermont 911. Where is your emergency?
B: 527 Mansfield Road in Burton.
A: What is your emergency?
B: There’s a fire.
A: Where is it?
B: Here, in my house. I can’t stop it.
A: Get everyone out of the house and move to a safe distance. The fire
department will be there in about ten minutes.
(For more, see Appendix F: Calling 911)
EMERGENCY NUMBER
(for all emergencies)
EMERGENCIES
POLICE
FIRE
AMBULANCE
911
Saying phone numbers
Area code (802) –
263 – 1868
You can say each number individually, or the last 4 digits in pairs
“eight-zero-two / two-six-three / one-eight-six-eight”
“eighteen sixty-eight”
Leaving a Message on an Answering Machine
Machine: Hello, you have reached the Thurstons. We can’t come to the
phone right now, but at the tone, please leave your message. BEEP!
Message 1: Hi, this is Luis. The heifers got out. I am going over to help
Antonio.
Message 2: This is Manuelita. It’s Monday at nine-thirty. Please call me
back as soon as possible. My number is 472-1338. Thank you.
35
35
Using a prepaid phone card
A: Hello?
B: Hello, may I speak to Mark?
A: Just a minute…. Sorry, he’s not here.
May I take a message?
B: Yes. Can you tell him that I am sick? I
cannot work tomorrow.
A: Okay, I will give him the message.
B: Thank you.
A: Bye.
B: Goodbye.
36
1. Dial the number on the
back of the card.
2. Press “2” for Spanish
instructions.
3. Enter Pin number.
4. Follow instructions to dial
the number.
Don’t forget the country code!
(52 for Mexico)
5. Listen for amount of money
left on the card..
Phone Talk (Answering)
Phone Talk (Calling)
Hello, may I help you?
May I speak to …?
One moment, please.
Can I speak to …?
Just a minute.
I’d like to speak with …
He/She is not here.
May I please speak with …?
May I take a message?
I am calling because …
Would you like him/her to
Could you please give him a
message?
call you back
I am Jeronimo, and I am going to buy a calling card at the supermarket. I need a
calling card to call my family. My family lives in Jalisco, Mexico. I will call them
every Sunday with the calling card. I only use the phone to call to Mexico, or if I
have an emergency. If there is an emergency, like a fire or an accident, I do not
need a calling card. I will just dial 911.
VOCABULARY
Answering machine
Calling card
Call me back
Emergency
Fire
I am calling because…
36
El contestador automático
La tarjeta pre-pago
Devuélvame la llamada
La emergencia
El fuego
Llamo porque…
In trouble
Leave a message
May I speak to …?
One moment, please
Safe distance
You have reached
En dificultades
Dejar algún mensaje
Podría hablar con …?
Un momento, por favor
Una distancia segura
Usted ha llegado a…
Lesson 15: in town I
A: Marco, are you going to town today?
B: Yes, the patrón is going to drive us to the store. I need to buy a
calling card and some food. Do you want to come?
A: No, I’m going to stay in the house today. Tomorrow I’ll go to church
in town. Mrs. Wilson is giving me a ride.
B: All right. See you later!
PARTS OF A HOUSE
ROOF
CHIMNEY
WINDOW
PORCH
YARD
BALCONY
FRONT DOOR
A: Alejandra, tell me about your house in Mexico.
B: My house in Mexico? Well, it was small and brown with a red roof.
A: Did you live in town or in the country?
B: In town. But we had a big garden with avocado trees.
A: Do you have a garden in Vermont?
B: A little one. We grow tomatoes and peppers. But the summer is
very short here and we do not have much time to garden.
37
37
Places in Town
38
1. I go to church every Sunday to pray.
2. At the supermarket I buy food and drinks. I also send money home to Mexico at the
supermarket.
3. The post office is where I can send letters.
4. The bank is where I can put my money.
5. My children go to the school in town.
6. If I am sick, I will go to the hospital. The hospital is a place for emergencies.
7. The police station is also a place for emergencies. The police keep the neighborhood safe.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
TO GO (present progressive)
6.
7.
Singular
Plural
1st person
I am going
We are going
2nd person
You are going
You are going
3rd person
He, she, it is going
They are going
Today I need to go to town. I am going to go to the supermarket and buy milk
and eggs. At the supermarket I will also send money to my family in Mexico City.
Then I am going to the post office to send a letter to my girlfriend in Mexico. Her
name is Rosana. I call her every week, but she likes letters too. That way I can
send pictures.
VOCABULARY
38
Balcony
Bank
Chimney
Country
Front door
Garden
Give a ride
I can/can’t
El balcón
El banco
La chimenea
El campo
La puerta de entrada
El jardín
Darle un aventón
Puedo/no puedo
Police station
Porch
Post office
Roof
School
Town
Window
Yard
La comisaría
El porche
El correo
El techo
La escuela
El pueblo
La ventana
El patio
Lesson 16: TOWN AND CITY
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
Miguel, we have no school today!
No school? Let’s go to the movies!
Do you think Mom and Dad will let us go?
It does not matter.
Why not?
Because Mom and Dad are at work. They won’t know!
I don’t know. They always find out.
VILLAGE
39
Let’s/Let
Let’s go to town.
Mom won’t let us buy candy.
Let’s bake a cake, then.
Will she let you bake a cake?
Let’s ask her and see.
TOWN
CITY
True/False
I live in a city.
A: Where did you go last night?
A village is smaller than a town.
B: I went to Walmart with Julio to buy
some new boots.
I like cities more than towns.
A town is busier than a city.
A: You did? Not with Roberto?
A village is quieter than a city.
When I am older, I want to live in a village.
B: Roberto went to visit his cousin.
A: Oh, I see.
People are friendlier in cities.
People are friendlier in the country.
TO GO (past)
Singular
st
TO GO (past negative)
Plural
Singular
st
1 person
I went
We went
1 person
2nd person
You went
You went
2nd person You didn’t go
You didn’t go
3rd person
He, she, it went
They went
3rd person
They didn’t go
39
I didn’t go
Plural
He, she, it didn’t go
We didn’t go
A: Excuse me, how do I get to the post office from the school?
B: Walk straight until you reach a stop sign. Turn right after the stop sign.
Continue straight three blocks, which will take you through a neighborhood.
When you see a white church on your right, turn left. Walk half a block, and
the post office will be on your left.
40
On the street
Street
SCHOOL
Curb
Stop Sign
Sidewalk
Stoplight
POST OFFICE
Traffic
Crosswalk
STORES: WHERE DO I GO?
I need to buy a hammer and some nails.
Hardware store
I want to buy a new dress
Clothing store
I want to buy food for dinner.
Supermarket
I need shampoo and toothpaste
Drugstore
I am Rafaela, and I am going to the drugstore to buy some medicine for my cold.
I didn’t go to the drugstore yesterday, but I went to the supermarket instead.
But today I have a bad cough and sore throat, and I want to buy Tylenol to help
me feel better. I will have to walk into town, because the drugstore is on Main
Street in the center of town.
VOCABULARY
Block
City
Clothing Store
Crosswalk
Curb
Drugstore/farmacía
Find out
40
La cuadra
La ciudad
La tienda de ropa
El cruce peatonal
El bordillo
Tienda de edicamentos
y cosméticos
Descubrir
Let’s/let
Sidewalk
Stoplight
Stop sign
Street
Town
Traffic
Village
Vamonos/Dejar
La acera
El semáforo
El señal de stop
La calle
El pueblo
El tráfico
La aldea
41
Lesson 17: in the country
A: Hey, John! Are there many farms like ours in Vermont?
B: There are about one thousand farms in Vermont. There
used to be many more.
A: How do you know?
B: My grandfather told me. He told me that there were many
sheep farms, but now there are mostly dairy farms.
A: What is a dairy farm?
B: A farm like ours, with cows.
A: I see.
Vermont has mountains down the middle called the Green Mountains.
The tallest is Mount Mansfield. There is one big lake, Lake Champlain. It is
110 miles long. Some people think that a sea monster lives in it, but no one has ever seen it.
Its name is Champ.
Vermont touches three other states: New York, to the west; New Hampshire,
to the east; and Massachusetts, to the south.
Between Vermont and New Hampshire is the Connecticut River. It is 410 miles
long. It goes all the way down to Long Island Sound, near New York City.
41
42
Vermont Landmarks
Barn
Mountains
Silo
Hay
Field/Pasture
Fence
See / Look
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
Look, Mario, do you see that big barn over there?
No, I only see the silo.
You’re looking in the wrong direction. Over this way!
Oh, I see it now! Hey, look at the bull.
Where?
Beside the barn.
I can’t see him.
Me either. He went away.
My name is Carolina. I live in a small town in Vermont. The name of the town is
Ripton. Ripton is in the Green Mountains of Vermont. There are many trees
and rivers around my town, and it is very far from a city. In Mexico, I lived in big
city with many people and buildings. I like my home here in Vermont – it is very
quiet, but sometimes I miss the excitement and activity of the city.
VOCABULARY
42
Barn
Dairy Farm
Excitement
Farm
Fence
Field
Hay
Lake
Look
El granero / el establo
La vaquería
Excitación
El rancho
El cerco
El campo
El heno
El lago
Mirar
Mountains
Pasture
River
Sea Monster
See
Silo
States
Trees
Las montañas
Los pastos
El río
El monstruo del mar
Ver
El silo
Los estados
Los árboles
Lesson 18: giving directions
43
A: Excuse me. How do I get to the bank?
B: I don’t understand. Can you repeat that?
A: Where is the bank?
B: Walk one block straight, turn right and walk two blocks.
The bank is on the left.
A: Is it very far?
B: No, it’s very near. It will take you five minutes to get there.
A: Thank you very much.
North
West
TURN LEFT
East
TURN RIGHT
South
GO STRAIGHT
DISTANCE
One block
.5 mile = .8 kilometers
1 mile = 1.6 kilometers
10 miles = 16 kilometers
43
A: Vermont 911. Where is your emergency?
B: In Nesfield.
A: I need your address.
B: It’s on Quarry Road. I don’t know the
number.
A: Can you give directions?
B: Yes, you go to the white church in town
and go left. The first right is Quarry Road. My
house is the third house on the right. It is
white with red shutters and there’s a black
truck in the driveway.
44
A:
Where do you live?
B:
On Brook Road.
A:
Where is that?
B:
If you are coming from town, go west on Route 15. Go for 5 miles,
past the sawmill and Crossroads Store. Then take a left on Taplin
Hill Road. After about a mile, there’s a farm on your right with a
big red barn. Just after the farm, turn right onto Fairground Road.
Then, at the bottom of the hill, go left onto Brook Road. I’m at
Number 275. It’s a gray house with red shutters.
Taplin Hill Road
TOWN
Route 15
Fairground Road
Brook Road
Giving directions in the
country can be complicated.
Think of places people will
see, like a barn or gas station,
a school or a bridge.
Describe the color of your
house. How big is it? What is
near it? How much time
does it take to get to your
house from different places?
My name is Sergio, and I am walking to the supermarket. It is so far! Almost two
miles. I leave my house and walk straight down the street until I get to the
church. I turn left at the church and walk for thirty minutes until I get to Cherry
Street. The supermarket is on the left. I think I will need to buy new shoes after
so much walking!
VOCABULARY
Bridge
Close
Directions
Far
How do I get to …?
How much time does
it take…?
Left
44
El puente
Cerca
Las indicaciones
Lejos
¿Cómo llego a …?
¿Cuánto tiempo demora…?
La izquierda
Near
Place
Right
Straight
Think
Turn
Where is …?
Cerca
El lugar/sitio
El derecho
Recto/a
Pensar
Girar / doblar
¿Dónde está…?
Lesson 19: health I
45
Doctor: Hello, Marcela. Why are you at the doctor’s office today?
Marcela: Hello, Doctor. My stomach hurts.
Doctor:
When did your stomach ache begin?
Marcela: Two days ago.
Doctor:
Does it hurt a lot?
Marcela: Yes, a lot.
Doctor:
Are you vomiting?
Marcela: No, it just hurts.
Doctor:
Does it hurt when I press here?
Marcela: Ow! Yes!
Symptoms
Do you have a …?
Fever
Headache
Are you …?
Nauseous
Dizzy
Sore Throat
Cough
A stomach virus
Do you have a …?
Cough
Sore Throat
Stuffy Nose
Runny nose
Headache
A cold
How often do you….? (Expressions of Frequency)
45
The flu
Tired
Vomiting
Do you have …?
Diarrhea
Constipation
Nausea
Vomiting
Never
Rarely
Sometimes
Often
Usually
Always
Every day
Ev
It sounds like you
have …
Since October
For the past 3 weeks
Since last week
Once a week
2 days ago
Since yesterday
Today
Doctor:
Good morning, Arturo. What is wrong?
Arturo:
I am very tired, dizzy, and my throat hurts.
Doctor:
Let me take your temperature. Yes, you have a fever.
Arturo, I think you have the flu.
Arturo:
Will I get better soon?
Doctor:
In a few days.
Arturo:
But I have to work.
Doctor:
You will get sicker if you don’t rest. You need to sleep
and drink a lot of water. If your fever isn’t gone in two days, please
call the office.
46
Doctor: What hurts, Héctor?
Héctor: My foot hurts. I hurt it playing soccer.
Doctor: When did you do it?
Héctor: Two days ago.
Doctor: Can you move it?
Hector: No! Ouch!
Doctor: Let me have a look. Yes, I think you
need an X-ray.
Auxiliary verb CAN + infinitive (move)
Singular
CAN (negative) + infinitive (move)
Plural
Singular
Plural
1st person
I can move
We can move
1st person
I can’t move
We can’t move
2nd person
You can move
You can move
2nd person
You can’t move
You can’t move
3rd person
He, she, it can move They can move
3rd person
He, she, it can’t move They can’t move
(See
My name is Enrique, and I am sick today. I do not have a fever, so I don’t think I
have the flu. But I have a runny nose and a cough, so I must have a cold. I
started to feel sick yesterday. Today I will drink lots of water and sleep. If I take
care of myself, I will feel much better tomorrow!
VOCABULARY
Always
Begin
Dizzy
Doctor
Doctor’s office
Have a cold
Flu
46
Siempre
Empezar
Mareado/a
El medico/la médica
El consultorio
Estar resfriado/a
El gripe
Hurt
Nauseous
Never
Once
Since
Tired
Virus
See Appendix C: Health Vocabulary for more health words
Doler
Sentir nauseas
Nunca
Una vez
Desde
Cansado/a
El virus
Lesson 20: health II
Receptionist:
Manolo:
Receptionist:
Manolo:
Receptionist:
Manolo:
Receptionist:
47
Good afternoon. Do you have an appointment?
No, but I need to see the doctor.
I’m sorry, but you need to make an appointment.
But I am very sick.
I’m sorry, but you will have to go to the emergency room.
Isn’t there a walk-in clinic?
That’s only on Saturdays. I’m very sorry.
Are you sure …? (Levels of certainty)
I don’t know.
Maybe.
RECEPTIONIST
PATIENT
APPOINTMENT
It’s possible.
I think so.
Probably.
I’m sure.
I’m positive!
DOCTOR
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
47
A:
MEDICINE
Doctor Jones’ office, could you hold, please?
Okay . . .
Yes, how may I help you?
I would like to make an appointment.
Are you a patient of Dr. Jones?
Excuse me?
Have you been to Dr. Jones’ office before?
No, I am new here.
We don’t have anything until next month, I’m sorry.
Is there somewhere else I can go?
I believe that Dr. Carrier is taking new patients.
Do you have his phone number?
Yes, just a minute … It’s ______________
“I want to make an
appointment”
Polite form:
“I would like to make an
appointment”
“Give me a message.”
Polite form:
“May I take a message?”
See Appendix C: Health
Vocabulary and Forms
for more information
Doctor: Hi, Paula. How are you today?
Paula: I am not feeling so well. I am very tired lately, and I have a high fever.
I cannot eat or drink anything.
Doctor: For how long?
Paula: Since yesterday.
Doctor: Do you have nausea?
Paula: No.
Doctor: A headache?
Paula: Yes.
Doctor: Sore throat?
Paula: No.
Doctor: Do you have a history of any medical problems?
Paula: It’s possible … in Mexico, I went to the hospital once because I was so dizzy.
Doctor: Does anyone in your family have medical problems?
Paula: My father has diabetes.
Doctor. Okay. Thank you, Paula. I am going to do some tests now to figure out
what the problem is.
48
Helpful Phrases
I’m sorry, I don’t understand.
Could you repeat that, please?
Is there anyone here who speaks Spanish?
Do you have an interpreter?
I don’t speak English very well.
My name is Lucelia Natali Córdova, and I am in the doctor’s office. I am here
because my head hurts a lot. This headache started a week ago, and it is very
bad. The doctor did tests on me and said that the problem is with my eyes – I
do not see very well. The doctor said that if I wear eyeglasses, my headache will
go away. I hope I can get an appointment with the eye doctor soon.
VOCABULARY
Anyone
Appointment
Interpreter?
Emergency room
For how long?
Maybe
Medical problems
Medical tests
48
Alguien
Una cita
El intérprete
Sala de urgencias
¿Por cuánto tiempo?
Quizás / Tal vez
Los problemas médicos
Los exámenes médicos
Medicine
Patient
Polite form
Positive
Probably
Receptionist
Since
Walk-in clinic
La medicina / El remedio
El/la paciente
Forma de cortesía
Seguro/a
Probablemente
El/la recepcionista
Desde
Consultorio sin cita
Lesson 21: at the dentist
49
Dentist: Good morning, Rodrigo. So what’s going on?
Rodrigo: Good morning. I am here because my tooth hurts a lot.
Dentist: When did it begin to hurt?
Rodrigo: Two months ago.
Dentist: That is a long time to wait!
Rodrigo: I know, but it was so difficult to get an appointment.
Dentist: Okay, let me look at your teeth. You might have a cavity. You
know that you should brush your teeth two times a day …
Rodrigo: Yes, yes, I know.
Taking Care of your Teeth
1.
2.
3.
4.
Carlotta brushes her teeth twice a day.
Carlotta flosses her teeth twice a day.
Carlotta doesn’t eat a lot of sugar.
Carlotta goes to the dentist once a year.
A: Celio, what is wrong?
B: My tooth hurts a lot. It hurts when I eat,
when I drink, when I smile …
A: You must go to the dentist!
B: I know, but it is impossible to get a dentist’s
appointment.
A: It is difficult, but it is not impossible. What
dentist do you know?
B: Dr. Mather. But he has no time.
A: Okay, try to get an appointment with Dr.
Green. His number is …………………………
49
How hard is it?
(Levels of Difficulty)
Easy
Not too hard
Hard, Difficult
Impossible
50
Dr. Green:
Celio:
Dr. Green:
Dr. Green:
Celio:
Dr. Green:
Celio:
Dr. Green:
Celio:
Dr. Green:
Celio:
Dr. Green:
Hello, Celio. I don’t think I know you.
No, but my friend Claudio knows you, and he gave me your number.
Ahh yes, Claudio. We met last year when he came to the dentist.
Do you know what your problem is, Celio?
No. I only know that my tooth hurts a lot when I eat and drink.
Okay, let me see … Is it here?
Ouch!
I will take an x-ray, but I think you will need a filling.
Will it hurt?
No, I will give you a shot first to make your mouth numb.
Will that hurt?
Just a little prick.
Introductory Phrases
I am afraid that it will hurt.
I hope that it won’t hurt.
I don’t know if I want to go to the dentist.
I don’t think that I like dentists.
I think that they charge too much money.
I feel sorry for dentists because everyone is afraid of them.
I am Luis, and I need to go to the dentist. I think I have a cavity, because when I
eat cold things it hurts a lot. But I am afraid that it will cost a lot of money. My
neighbor Conseja said there is a place in Burlington where it doesn’t cost so
much. I will try to find the number.
VOCABULARY
50
Brush teeth
Cavity
Dentist
Difficult
Drink
Easy
Filling
Floss teeth
Cepillarse los dientes
La caries
El/la dentista
Difícil
Beber
Fácil
El empaste
Limpiar con seda dental
Hard
Impossible
Numb
Prick
Smile
Tooth/teeth
Will it hurt?
X-ray
Difícil
Imposible
Entumecido/a
Pinchar
Sonreír
Los dientes / el diente
¿Me va a lastimar?
La radiografía
Lesson 22: Pharmacy
51
A: Hello. May I help you?
B: I am looking for a medicine for stomach pains.
A: Do you have a prescription?
B: Excuse me? I don’t understand.
A: Did you go to the doctor’s and get a prescription?
B: Oh, I see. I did not go to the doctor.
A: Okay, then I can give you an over-the-counter medicine. I will show you the
best medicines for stomach pains. But if it keeps bothering you, you should see
a doctor.
B: Thank you.
Prescription medicine: A medicine that the doctor writes permission for.
You give the prescription to the pharmacist.
Over-the-counter medicine: Medicine you can buy without a prescription.
Types of medicine
MEDICINE LABEL
Active Ingredients: What is in the medicine
Pills
Potential Side Effects: Things that can happen
when you take the medicine
Uses: Symptoms that the medicine can make better
Warnings: Instances when you should not use the
medicine
Directions: How to use the medicine
Liquid
Some Pharmacy Aisles
Topical
51
Hair and Skin Care
Baby Products
Antacids, Laxatives
Feminine Needs
Cough, Cold, Allergy
Cards
First Aid
Household Items
A: Hello. May I help you?
B: Yes, here’s my prescription.
A: Okay, it will be about ten minutes… Let’s see. Your doctor prescribed
Digoxin. Do you know how to use this medicine?
B: No.
A: It comes in pills. You need to take two pills a day, one in the morning,
and one at night. Always take the pills with food. Do you understand?
B: Yes.
A: There are no refills. If you need more, you will have to go back to
your doctor.
B:
Okay.
A:
Here is a label that explains how to take the medicine. Be careful to
keep this away from your children! It can be poisonous.
B:
Thank you. I understand.
IMPERATIVE
52
BE CAREFUL!
Take two pills.
Be careful.
Don’t leave this around.
POISON
Close cap tightly.
Keep it out of reach of children.
I am Gina, and I am going to the pharmacy today for medicine because I have a
headache. I do not have a prescription, but I want to buy an over-the-counter
medicine. I think that medicine for headaches comes in pills, which I can take
with water. I must be careful to keep the pills away from my daughter because
she might think they are candy and eat them.
VOCABULARY
52
Bother
Directions
Ingredients
Liquid
Over-the-counter
Pharmacy
Pills
Poison
Molestar
Las instrucciones
Los componentes
Líquido
Sin receta médica
La farmacia
Las pastillas
Veneno
Poisonous
Potential side effects
Prescription
Refill
Symptoms
Topical medicine
Uses
Warnings
Venenoso/a
Efectos secundarios potenciales
Receta
Repuesto de medicamento
Los síntomas
Medicamento de contacto
Usos
Avisos
Lesson 23: post office
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
Hi, how can I help you?
I want to mail this box home.
Okay, where are you sending it to?
Mexico.
Do you have anything fragile, liquid or flammable in the box?
Excuse me?
Is there anything that can break, spill, or catch on fire in the box?
No.
Any insurance or delivery confirmation?
No, thank you.
Okay, that will be $10.40.
Letter
Stamp
A: Hello, I need some stamps.
B: First class?
A: For letters.
B: A first class stamp in the U.S. is
$0.44. (44 cents)
A: I need to send this letter to
Mexico.
B: A letter to Mexico is $0.79. (79
cents)… Okay, out of $1.00. Your
change is $0.21. (21 cents). Have a
nice day.
A: You too.
53
53
Package
Mailbox
Mailman
Marcos Lopez
253 Apple Tree Road
Vergennes, VT 05491
Josefina Lopez
Rio Mayo 105
Col. del Valle
Monterrey, N.L.
C.P. 65000
A: Someone is at the door.
B: I’ll go see who it is.
Mailman: Hello. Is this the Ortiz house?
B: Yes, I am Antonio Ortiz.
Mailman: I have a package here for you.
B: A package?
Mailman: Yes, a box from Mexico for Antonio and Carla Ortiz. If you’ll please sign your
name here.
B: Thank you. Carla, look what the mailman brought. I hope it’s the spices from my
mother.
54
Future with auxiliary verb WILL
with infinitive (go)
Singular
st
Plural
Word Game
1 person
I will go
We will go
2nd person
You will go
You will go
B: Me!
He, she, it will go
They will go
A: You’ll go?
rd
3 person
A: Who’ll go?
B: I’ll go!
A: You sure?
with contractions
Singular
B: I’m sure! You’ll come
too?
Plural
1st person
I’ll go
We’ll go
2nd person
You’ll go
You’ll go
3rd person
He’ll, she’ll, it’ll go
They’ll go
A: Yes, I’ll come too.
B: We’ll go together,
then!
My name is Ramona, and I am writing a letter to my mother in Panama. She
misses me very much, and she’ll be excited to hear about my life in the United
States. I’ll take the letter to the post office tomorrow to mail to her, because I
think it’ll take a long time for the letter to arrive in Panama. She’ll be so happy
to see this letter in the mail!
VOCABULARY
Box
Delivery confirmation
Envelope
First class stamp
Flammable
Fragile
Insurance
54
La caja
Confirmación de entrega
El sobre
Estampilla que garantiza
una rápida entrega
Inflamable
Frágil
El seguro
Liquid
Mail
Mailman
Open
Package
Sign your name
Spices
Stamp
Líquido
Correo/Echar al correo
El cartero
Abrir
El paquete
Firmar
Las especias
El sello / la estampilla
Lesson 24: wiring money
A: Hi, welcome to Western Union. How can I help you?
B: I need to wire money.
A: Where to?
B: To Chihuahua, Mexico. The Bank is Santander.
A: I need to know the account number at Santander.
B: The account number is __________________.
A: Thank you. And how much money do you want to wire?
B: $200. Here is the money.
A: Thank you, and here is your receipt. The money should be
arriving in Chihuahua right now.
To and From
From Vermont
From me
From the beginning
to Mexico
to the end
Is there..?
There is…
Are there…?
There are…
to you
There’s…
There isn’t…
There aren’t…
1. Is there a place in town to wire money to Mexico?
a. Yes, there is.
b. No, there isn’t a place in this town, but there is in the next
town.
2. Are there banks in Mexico that accept money from the United
States?
a. Yes, there are many banks that accept U.S. money
3. Are there safe ways to send lots of money through the mail?
55
a. There aren’t safe ways to send money through the mail. It
is best to wire the money.
55
A: Sylvia, I need your help.
B: What is wrong?
A: My father called me and said that my sister is very sick in Guatemala.
They need me to send them money for the doctor and her medicines.
B: You can wire money home. That is the fastest way.
A: How do I do that?
B: You can go to Western Union in Shaw’s supermarket. They will send
money to your parents’ bank in Guatemala.
A: Is it difficult?
B: No, it is very easy. You just need to know your parents’ account
number.
A: Is it expensive?
B: Not too much. Western Union charges you $10 to wire money.
56
A: Hi Mom, this is Pablo. Did you receive
the money I sent you?
Money Wiring Vocabulary
Bank account
B: No, not yet.
Account number
A: You have to go to the bank to pick it
up. I wired the money to your bank
account. Do you know your bank
account number?
Amount
Wiring fee
Receipt
B: Yes.
Arrival date
A: Well, visit the bank tomorrow. The
money should be there already.
I am Pamela, and I need to send money home to my family. I was going to send
the money through the mail, but my friend told me that was not safe. Someone
could steal it. I need to go to Western Union tomorrow to wire the money
home. This way, I will be sure that it arrives in Mexico and my family receives it.
VOCABULARY
56
Account number
Amount
Arrival date
Arrive
Bank Account
From
Help
How can I help you?
Número de la cuenta bancaria
La suma
Fecha de llegada
Llegar
Cuenta bancaria
De
Ayudar
¿Qué desea?
Receipt
Safe
Steal
There is/are
To
Wire money
Wiring fee
What is wrong?
El recibo
Seguro/a
Robar
Hay
A/Hacia
Transferir dinero
Tarifa para transferor dinero
¿Qué te pasa?
Lesson 25: Animals
57
A: Look, Raul! Something has been in the grain again!
B: Yeah, I see. Maybe we can find its tracks.
A: You mean, in the snow? Hey, look! Here are some!
B: Whatever it is had five toes, two small front feet and two long back feet.
A: A cat, maybe?
B: I don’t think cats eat grain. Maybe a raccoon. Mark from the vet told me that
there are a lot of raccoons in Vermont. He showed me some tracks by the trash
bin.
A: Well, we will have to be more careful with the grain tonight!
Vermont Wild Animals
The bear lives in the
woods and sleeps during
the winter.
The deer eats grass and
tree leaves.
57
Vermont Domestic Animals
The cow provides milk.
The horse is used for
logging and hauling sap
for maple syrup.
The raccoon will steal
food and eat almost
anything!
The chicken lays eggs and
provides meat.
The birds fly south in the
winter.
The sheep has wool that
is used to make clothes
and blankets.
The porcupine has sharp
quills.
The goat provides milk
which is used to make
cheese.
The fisher climbs trees
and is very fierce.
The cat has a long
tail and catches
mice.
The fox likes to eat
chickens.
The dog barks and guards
the house.
The squirrel lives in trees
and eats nuts.
Animal Words
The moose is very big and
slow.
58
Antler
Hair
Beak
Horns
Claw
Hoof
Feather
Paw
Fur
Tail
True / False
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Palabras por Animales
Santiago has two hoofs.
The cow has four hands.
Cats have long tails.
Horses have fur.
My neighbor has two paws.
Antlers
Los cuernos
Hair
El pelo
Beak
El pico
Horns Los cuernos
Claw
La zarpa/garra Hoof
El casco
Feather La pluma
Paw
La pata
Fur
Tail
El rabo/la cola
El pelo/pelaje
I am Silvia, and I am going to bring home a kitten today! My neighbor’s cat had a
litter of kittens, and my neighbor said I could choose one. Here in the United
States, it is very common to keep animals as pets. The most popular pets are
dogs, cats, horses, and birds. People spend a lot of money on them. One woman
even left millions of dollars to her dog when she died! My kitten will be useful,
because she will help catch mice around the house!
VOCABULARY
Be careful
Cheese
Climb
Domestic
Fierce
Fly
Grain
Kitten
58
Tenga cuidado
El queso
Trepar / Escalar
Doméstico/a
Feroz
Volar
El grano/cereal
El/la gatito/gatita
Logging
Pet
Provide
Quills
Steal
Tracks
Wild
Wool
La tala
El animal doméstico
Proveer
Las plumas
Robar
Las huellas
Salvaje
El llano
Lesson 26: Cows
59
A: How many cows are there at your farm?
B: We have nine hundred now.
A: Nine hundred!
B: Yes, it’s a lot. But we have to have that many to be able
to make money.
A: Do you milk twice a day?
B: No, three times. Every eight hours.
A: In the middle of the night?
B: Yes. We have to. It’s not like the old days.
A: No, I guess not.
Many parts of the body are the same for
animals as for people, but some are
different. Here are some for cows:
Cow
Once.
Bull
Twice.
Heifer
Three times
Calf
Four times, etc.
Horn
Kind of sick.
Sleepy.
Udder
Tail
Very well.
A: Could you please clean the bulk tank
after the milk truck comes? There’s going
to be an inspection this afternoon.
B: Do you want me to flush out the lines?
Teats
(Nipple)
Hoof
A: This cow is sick. She isn’t eating.
And she has diarrhea.
B: Did you take her temperature?
A: No, but I will.
B: If she has a fever you should tell the
patron.
59
A: Maybe later, if there’s time.
B: Okay.
60
A: These black and white cows are
Holsteins. The tan ones with the
darker coloring on their spines and
faces are Jerseys.
B: I like Jerseys better. I can be
friends with a Jersey. I think the
Holsteins are all crazy.
A: You do? Why?
B: There was a Jersey on my old
farm. She gave more cream than
any cow I ever saw.
A: But that’s why we can’t have all
Jerseys. We need cows with higher
milk content.
Although the number of dairy farms has gone way down, the amount of milk produced has not. Milk
production per cow has risen. In 1991, a milk cow in New England produced a little less than 15,000 pounds
per year. By 2000, average annual production per cow in New England rose to just under 17,500 pounds per
year.
In Vermont, people say that there used to be more cows than people. Now there
are over 600,000 people and about 150,000 cows. That’s four people for every
cow. In 1950 there were more than 11,000 dairy farms in the state. Now there
are just a few over one thousand. Without workers from Mexico and Guatemala
and other places, the dairy farms in Vermont would not survive.
VOCABULARY
60
Average (adj)
Bulk tank
Bull
Calf
Cow
Cream
Heifer
If there’s time
Mediano/a
El depósito / tanque
El toro
El/la ternero/a, becerro/a
La vaca
La cream de leche
La vaquilla
Si queda tiempo
Inspection
Later
Middle of the night
Milk (verb)
Milk truck
Survive
Teats
Udder
La inspección
Luego
La mitad de la noche
Ordeñar
Camión de leche
Sobrevivir
Las tetillas
La ubre
Lesson 27: jobs
61
Emilio: Dan, can I talk to you for a minute?
Dan:
Sure. What’s up?
E:
I would like to talk about my hours.
D:
You’re working the 3 a.m. to 6 p.m. shift.
E:
Yes. But Maria is working from 4 p.m. to midnight, so we never get
to see each other.
D:
The problem is, who could move to your shift?
E:
Maria could work with me and Jorge could have her hours.
D:
Is he okay with that? He won’t have as many hours.
E:
He said it’s okay for a month or two.
D:
Fine, then. We’ll try it and see how it goes.
My job is …
Easy
Satisfying
Fun
Enjoyable
All right
Boring
Challenging
Difficult
Awful
All of the above
My name is Julia, and I am a doctor.
My work is satisfying, because I help people who are
sick, but sometimes it is difficult, when they do not
get better.
My name is Sergio, and I am a farmer.
My work is challenging, because I have to wake up
early and work outside in the cold all winter.
My name is Clara, and I am a teacher.
My work is enjoyable, because I like to help children
learn. It can be frustrating, though, when I have too
many students in my classroom.
Work Words
61
Schedule
Hours
Pay
Hourly Wage
Minimum Wage
Taxes
Social Security
Raise
Paycheck
My name is Mario, and I am retired. I was a banker.
My work was boring. I created bank accounts for
people and counted money. I want to work in my
garden now.
Auxiliary Verbs Would and
Could
I would like to go shopping.
I could take you tomorrow.
62
Juanito:
Hey, Sandro, how’s it going?
Sandro:
Okay, I’m just tired.
Juanito:
You are working too many hours.
Sandro:
I have to. I need the money.
Juanito:
I would like to take a vacation.
Sandro:
Me too. But the cows don’t take a vacation, so how can we?
Juanito:
Maybe they would like a vacation too.
Sandro:
Then they would have a vacation from eating. They wouldn’t
like that.
Juanito:
No, me either.
Auxiliary verbs Have to, Need to, Should
I have to go to work today. I have no other choice.
I need to go to the bank soon, because I need to open a
bank account.
I should send money home to my family. It is the right
thing to do.
I am Adalia, and my husband Daniel works on a farm in Bristol, Vermont. I was
there with him for a year, but then I needed to come back to Mexico. My
mother couldn’t take care of our children anymore, because she got sick. I want
to be a teacher but I don’t have time to go back to school for training. Daniel
sends us money, so we have enough to live on, but we don’t have him. I miss
him and our children miss their father.
VOCABULARY
62
Have to
Hourly wage
Hours
Husband/wife
Job
Minimum wage
Need to
Pay
Tener que
El sueldo por hora
Las horas (de trabajar)
El marido/la esposa
El trabajo/empleo
El salario mínimo
Necesitar que
La paga / El sueldo
Paycheck
Raise
Schedule
Shift
Should
Social security
Taxes
Vacation
El cheque del sueldo
El aumento del sueldo
El horario
El turno
Deber
Seguridad social
Los impuestos
Las vacaciones
Lesson 28: living in the United States
A: Hi Mamá! This is Gilberto, calling from the United States.
B: Gilberto! I am so happy that you called! How is life in Vermont?
A: Very different, Mamá!
B: Different from Mexico?
A: Yes. Here in Vermont, grandparents do not live with the families. Children
move out of the house when they are eighteen. And no one kisses when they
greet!
B: They do not kiss?
A: No, they shake hands. It is very formal.
Saying hello
To a close friend
“Hey!”
“What’s up?”
“Good to see you!”
“How’s it going?”
To a stranger/someone older/boss
“Good morning.”
“Hello.”
“Nice to meet you.”
“How are you doing?”
Americans are generally informal but reserved.
Americans greet friends on the street with a smile and a wave.
American women hug or wave if they are friends.
American men shake hands or wave if they are friends.
Americans shake hands when they meet for the first time.
Americans do not kiss when they greet each other unless they
know each other well or haven’t seen each other in a long time.
63
63
64
True/False
o The American style of dress is different from
the style of dress in my home country.
o Americans eat at the same time as people eat
in my home country.
o Americans are more formal than people are in
my home country.
American families
American families are usually small, because grandparents often do not live
with the family. The average number of children in an American family is two.
Children usually move out of the house when they finish high school. Many
women in America have jobs, but some choose to stay home with the children,
if the family can afford to have only one breadwinner.
Americans usually marry when they are 25-29 years old. They invite friends and
relatives to their wedding. A newly married couple might choose to live close
to their parents, but often they live in a different town or city.
Many first marriages end in divorce. The United States has a very high divorce
rate, some people say as high as 50%. The divorce rate in Mexico is much
lower.
My name is Concepción, and I just moved to the United States. Everything is so
different here! Many more women have jobs, and families live very far apart. In
Tampico, I lived in the same house with my parents and with my grandparents. I
miss having my family so close to me.
VOCABULARY
Choose
Divorce
Finish
Formal
Greet
Hug
Informal
Kiss
64
Elegir / Escoger
El divorcio
Terminar
Formal
Saludar
Abrazar
Informal
Besar
Often
Reserved
Shake hands
Smile
Stranger
Style of dress
Wave
Wedding
A menudo/ Con frecuencia
Reservado/a
Dar la mano
Sonreír
El/la desconocido/a
Estilo de vestirse
Saludar con la mano
La boda
Lesson 29: living in the United States II
A: Maria told me today that her cousin is moving from Mexico to
the United States.
B: Is he coming here to Vermont?
A: No, he is going to Texas.
B: Are there many Mexicans in Texas?
A: Yes. Most Mexicans who immigrate to the United States live in California
or Texas. But there are Mexicans all over the country. And not only Mexicans
– people from Venezuela, Brazil, the Dominican Republic, and all over Latin
America come to the United States to work.
B: Do they send money home like we do?
A: Yes, or they bring their families. In 2008 there were more than 46 million
Hispanics in the United States. Hispanics now make up more than 15% of the
United States population.
American Facts
The United States became a country in 1776.
The United States was a colony of Great Britain that
became independent after the Revolutionary War.
The United States has 50 states.
The colors in the American flag are red, white, and blue.
American Government
The American government is based on the ideas of equality and liberty.
The American government has three parts:
65
EXECUTIVE
LEGISLATIVE
JUDICIAL
The President of the
U.S. lives in the White
House.
The Congress write
laws that the
President signs.
Judges decide if laws
are fair.
65
66
Many major cities, like New York and Los Angeles, are on the coast.
New York is the largest city in the United States. It has a population of 8,363,710
The next three largest cities are Los Angeles, California (3,833,995), Chicago, Illinois
(2,853,114) and Houston, Texas (2,242,193)
California is the state with the most people. There were 36,458,000 people living in California in 2006.
Wyoming has the smallest population, with 501,242 people. Vermont is the next smallest, with 619,107
people.
The weather changes all over the country, but there are differences. The Northeast has cold winters. The
Southeast is very sunny. The South is very hot. The Midwest is flat. In the Northwest it rains a lot. In the
West there are big mountains and deserts.
The population of Mexico is 111,211,789. There are 8,841,916 people living in Mexico City. The
population of the state of Vermont could fit into Mexico City about 15 times.
My name is Cristobal, and I am taking a trip to New York City to see my brother.
He is a waiter in a restaurant. I know that New York City is on the East Coast and
is the largest city in the U.S. My brother says that it can be very crowded and
noisy, but I don’t care. I am excited to see my brother.
VOCABULARY
66
Coast
Colony
Equality
Executive
Flag
Government
History
Immigrant
La costa
La colonia
La igualdad
El executivo
La bandera
El gobierno
La historia
El/la inmigrante
Immigrate
Independence
Judicial
Laws
Legislative
Liberty
Percent (%)
Population
Inmigrar
La independencia
Judicial
Las leyes
El legislativo
La libertad
El porcentaje
La población
Lesson 30: education
A: Good morning, Mrs. Ramirez. You must be Carmen’s mother.
B: Yes, Carmen is my daughter.
A: Thank you for coming to this parent-teacher conference. Carmen is
doing well in the fourth grade. I think she likes the school.
B: Good. I was very worried about her when we came.
A: She also has many friends here. Carmen is a very social girl.
B: How are her grades?
A: In math and science, Carmen always receives top grades. But she is
a little behind in English.
B: We came to the United States just two years ago.
A: I know. For that reason, I think Carmen should see a special reading
and writing tutor to help her with her English.
B: How much does it cost?
A: Nothing. It is free.
School Subjects
Elementary School
Kindergarten
First Grade
Second Grade
Third Grade
Fourth Grade
Fifth Grade
Middle School
Sixth Grade
Seventh Grade
Eighth Grade
High School
Ninth Grade
Tenth Grade
Eleventh Grade
Twelfth Grade
College (University)
67
Reading
Writing
Math (Mathematics)
Science
Foreign Languages
Social Studies
Art
Music
Physical Education/Sports
67
In the United States, all children must go to school. Children
have to stay in school until the 10th grade. After high school
graduation, some students choose to go to college and
others begin to work.
68
A: Ramona, how was school today?
B: Awful, mom. First I missed the school bus. Then I didn’t have my
homework for math class. I also didn’t remember to bring a lunch to
school. This afternoon, when I played with my friends at recess, I scraped
my knee.
A: I am so sorry! Tomorrow will be a better day.
Past tense verbs—negative form
Didn’t ___[verb]_______
Affirmative Past Tense
I
You
He/She/It
We
They
Negative Past Tense
missed.
remembered.
played.
scraped.
I
You
He/She/It
We
They
didn’t miss.
didn’t remember.
didn’t play.
didn’t scrape.
My name is Carmen, and I am ten years old. I am in the fourth grade at an
elementary school in Vermont. In the beginning I didn’t like my school, but now
I have many friends here. My favorite subjects are social studies and science.
When I grow up, I want to be a scientist.
VOCABULARY
College/University
Education
Elementary school
Grades
High school
Homework
Middle school
Parent-teacher conference
68
La universidad
La educación
Escuela primaria
Las notas
La escuela superior
La tarea
La escuela intermedia
Reunión de padres y
maestros
School bus
School subjects
Science
Scrape
Social studies
Teacher
Test
Tutor
El transporte escolar
Las materias
La ciencia
Rasparse
Los estudios sociales
El/la maestro/a
El examen
El/la profesor(a)
particular
Lesson 31: cooking
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
69
What are you cooking, Fernando?
Quesadillas. They are for dinner tonight.
They smell so good! What’s in them?
Tortillas, cheese, and salsa. It’s very simple!
Are you frying them?
Yes, to melt the cheese.
I can’t wait until dinner!
Cooking Measurements
Teaspoon (tsp)
Tablespoon (Tbsp)
Ounce (oz)
Cup (c)
Spoon
Spatula
Pot
Pan
Mixing bowl
Knife
Measuring cup
or spoon
Oven
Stove
Pint (pt)
Quart (qt)
Pound (lb)
Conversions
3 tsp = 1 Tbsp
2 Tbsp = 1 oz
8 oz = 1 c
1 pt = 2 c
1 qt = 4 c
In the summer, Americans like to barbeque. A barbeque is an outdoor picnic, where
meat is cooked on a grill. Hamburgers, hot dogs, steaks,
chicken, and spare ribs are cooked this way.
69
A:
It is your turn to cook tonight.
B:
What do you mean? I cooked last night!
A:
I thought José did.
B:
No, I did.
A:
Okay, then I’ll cook. I’ll make chicken.
B:
Never mind, I’ll cook. I remember the
Last time you made chicken!
At camp or at picnics,
children like to roast
marshmallows and eat
them in a sandwich with
graham crackers and
chocolate bars. They are
called S’MORES. (from
“Some more.”)
70
Brownies
6 ounces unsweetened chocolate
½ teaspoon salt
¾ cup butter (1½ sticks)
2 ¾ cup sugar
4 eggs
1 ½ cups flour
2 tablespoons vanilla
(1 ½ cups chopped walnuts)
Preheat oven to 350°. Butter a 9 x 13 inch baking pan. Melt chocolate and butter over
low heat, stirring often. Cool. In a bowl, mix eggs, vanilla, salt, and sugar, beating well
for several minutes. Stir in chocolate gently, then add flour, stirring only until blended.
Stir in walnuts (optional). Spread evenly in the pan and bake for about 25 minutes.
The brownies should still be a little soft. After they are cool, cut into squares.
Present Progressive
Cooking Words
Bake
Boil
Fry
Beat
Chop
Stir
Slice
I
You
He/She/It
We
They
am
are
is
are
are
baking
cooking.
grilling.
measuring.
stirring
My name is Alejandro, and I am trying to cook dinner. I am using a recipe, but it
is very difficult! There are many words I do not know, like chop, stir, and beat.
My friends are hungry and they are saying to me, “Alejandro, you are taking a
long time!” They are yelling so much, that I think I will let them cook the dinner
tonight!
VOCABULARY
70
Bake
Barbeque
Beat
Blend
Boil
Chop
Cook
Fry
Asar
La barbacoa
Batir
Combinar
Hervir
Cortar
Cocinar
Freír
Grill
Ingredients
Measurements
Melt
Mix
Recipe
Slice
Stir
La parilla
Los ingredientes
Las medidas
Derretir
Mezclar
La receta
Cortar
Revolver
Lesson 32: Music and recreation
71
A: What are you listening to, Luis?
B: I’m listening to rock music.
A: Rock music? Like rock-and-roll?
B: Yes. A song by Bruce Springsteen. He’s a famous
American rock musician. Here, listen.
A: I can hear it. It’s okay, but I like heavy metal.
B: Not me. Too noisy.
B: Almost!
AMERICAN MUSIC
Rock music became
popular in the United
States in the 1940s.
Elvis Presley was
called the King of
Rock and Roll.
Country music is most
popular in rural areas. Many
songs talk about the life of the
cowboy. Some famous
country singers are Dolly
Parton and Hank Williams.
71
Miguel:
Hey, Alejandra, do you want to
go to a movie?
Alejandra: How? We don’t have a car.
M:
I was thinking, maybe one night
when the patrón takes us to the grocery store.
There is a movie theater on the same road.
A:
You think he would leave us and
come back?
M:
Maybe. Or maybe he would go too.
It is worth asking.
A:
If not, maybe there will be
something good on TV.
M:
I know, but I’d like to see a movie
in a movie theater.
Jazz music began in the
South. New Orleans is
famous for Dixieland Jazz.
Louis Armstrong and Dizzie
Gillepsie were early jazz
musicians.
Hip hop is a style of
music popular with
young people and in
urban areas. It has a
strong beat.
What kind of movies do you
like?
Thrillers
Romance
Comedies
Western
Adventure
Sci-Fi
Documentary
I’d like = I would like
72
Today Anita and Eugenio are
dancing.
Yesterday Anita and Eugenio were
dancing.
A: What was Juliano doing?
B: He was reading a book.
A: Were you reading also?
B: No, I was talking on the
phone with my brothers. They
were watching my favorite TV
show in Mexico!
A: What were they wantching?
Today she is reading.
Yesterday she was reading.
Other Activities
Today I am watching TV.
Yesterday I was watching TV.
Watching movies
Running
Hiking
Going shopping
Past Progressive
I
You
He/She/It
We
They
was
were
was
were
were
Dancing
Reading the newspaper
dancing.
reading.
watching TV.
Painting
Doing jigsaw puzzles
I am Flora from San José, and I am going hiking today. Yesterday it was raining so I
could not go outside, but today the sun is shining. I asked my friends if they
wanted to hike with me, but they are watching TV. I don’t understand how they
can stay inside on a beautiful day like today!
VOCABULARY
72
Dance
Go shopping
Hike
Jigsaw puzzle
Listen to music
Movies
Music
Musician
Bailar
Ir de compras
Hacer excursionismo
El rompecabezas
Escuchar música
El cine
La música
El/la músico/a
Noisy
Paint
Read a book
Read the newspaper
Recreation
Run
Watch TV
Watch movies
Ruidoso/a
Pintar
Leer un libro
Leer el periódico
El recreo
Correr
Ver televisión
Ver películas
Lesson 33: sports
73
A: Guillermo, did you watch the hockey game on TV yesterday?
B: Hockey? What is hockey?
A: It is a sport that is popular in Vermont. It is played on ice.
B: On ice? What do you mean?
A: On frozen ponds. But mostly indoors, on ice rinks.
B: Is it like soccer?
A: A little, because there’s a goal. But you use sticks instead of your feet.
B: I don’t think I’m interested in hockey. I watch all the soccer games. I can’t
wait until the World Cup begins, so that I can cheer for my country.
1
2
3
73
4
Sports
Verbs
1. Basketball
shoot
2. Baseball
bat
3. Football
pass
4. Hockey
skate
5. Skiing
race
6. Tennis
serve
7. Golf
drive
8. Soccer
kick
5
8
7
6
What sport do you like to
play? To watch?
Do you prefer team sports
like baseball, or individual
sports, like running?
Do you think children
should have to play sports
in school?
A: Victor, how was the soccer game?
B: Great! We played for two hours.
A: Did you win?
B: Yes, we did!
A: By how much?
B: Four to three.
A: Did you score a goal?
B: I didn’t score one goal … I scored two goals.
We were tied, but my last goal won the game.
A: Way to go!
74
Sports in the U.S. are big business. Once, players stayed with the same team
until they retired. Now they go with whoever pays them the most money. Tiger
Woods, a golfer, is the highest paid athlete. In 2009 he made $110 million.
David Beckham, a soccer player, made $42 million. Michael Jordan, even
though he is retired, made $45 million.
There are not many professional soccer teams in the United States, although
many American children play soccer. The U.S. has a national soccer team but
they have never won the World Cup. Brazil has won four times since 1930. Italy
has won three times, and Argentina and Uruguay have both won twice.
My name is Rosario, and I am in the fifth grade. My favorite thing to do is to play
basketball. There is a basketball court at my elementary school, but usually I just
play in my neighbor Sam’s yard. He has a hoop attached to his garage. A lot of
the girls at school don’t like to play basketball, so I usually play with the boys.
They are taller than I am, but I am very quick and can run around them!
VOCABULARY
74
Athlete
Cheer
Fans
Game/Match
Goal
Highly paid
Ice
Individual sports
El/la atleta
Animar
Fan
El partido
Un gol
Bien pagado
El hielo
Deportes individuales
Lose
Play
Retire
Sports
Team sports
Tie
Win
World Cup
Perder
Jugar
Retirarse
Los deportes
Deportes de equipo
Empatar
Ganar
La Copa Mundial
Lesson 34: Clothing
75
Store Clerk: May I help you?
Customer: I’m looking for pants.
SC: Over here. Do you know what size?
C:
Maybe medium.
SC: Pants have waist and length size. Try a
30-inch waist and 29-inch length.
C:
Where do I try them on?
SC: The changing room is over here.
Store Clerk: May I
help you?
Customer: No,
thanks. I’m just
looking.
SC: Okay. Just let
me know if you need
help.
C:
Thank you.
This is a …
These are …
Shirt
Pants
Coat
Jeans
Shoes
Dress
Skirt
Pajamas
Jacket
Socks
Sweater
Swimsuit
Tie
Belt
E
A: Marco, can I borrow your tie?
B: Sure. Where are you going?
MACHINE WASHABLE
A: Mrs. Ashton is driving us to church.
DO NOT BLEACH
B: You have to dress up?
DRY CLEAN ONLY
A: She said we didn’t, but I like to. It’s
more respectful.
75
LABELS
HANDWASH ONLY
TUMBLEDRY LOW
DRY FLAT
76
A: Excuse me, I’m looking for a belt.
B: Belts are in the clothing section,
over there, next to the winter coats.
A: I’d like to exchange this shirt.
A: Do you have work boots?
B: Do you have the receipt?
B: They’re with the shoes. Just past the
hats.
A: Yes, right here.
B: Have you worn this shirt?
A: No, I just tried it on. It’s too big.
B: Okay. Here is your refund.
Sizes
Men’s, Women’s, Boys’, Girls’
S Small M Medium L Large XL Extra Large
This/That
These/Those
Is this your coat?
Are these your pants?
o No, it isn’t
o No, those are not my
pants.
Are you sure?
o Yes, my coat is that brown
one over there.
Are these your jeans?
o Yes, those are my jeans.
I am Ana, and I am going clothes shopping today with my daughter Luz. Her first
day of school is tomorrow, and she needs new clothes to wear. She grows so
quickly, and doesn’t fit into any of her clothes from last year. Luz doesn’t like to
wear dresses very much, so I will buy her some new pants and new shirts. She will
also need a winter coat, because it will be cold soon.
VOCABULARY
76
Belt
Changing room
Dress up
I’d like to exchange …
Jacket
Length
Pajamas
Size
El cinturón
El vestidor
Vestirse elegantemente
Me gustaría cambiar…
La chaqueta
La longitud
El pijama
El tamaño
Skirt
Socks
Sweater
Swimsuit
Tie
Waist
Wear
Work boots
trabajo
La falda
Los calcetines
El suéter
El traje de baño
La corbata
La cintura
Llevar
Las botas de
Lesson 35: taking care of the house
A: Hello?
B: Hello, Ricardo? It’s Samuel calling. What are you doing?
A: I’m cleaning the house.
B: You are? Why?
A: It’s my turn. I have to sweep, vacuum, and wash the dishes.
B: But I was going to ask if you want to come play soccer
with us in the park.
A: Well … maybe I can clean tomorrow.
B: You can always clean tomorrow! Tomorrow we aren’t playing soccer!
Wash the dishes
Mow the lawn
Cook
Vacuum
Take out the trash
Sweep
Hang the laundry
Do laundry / Wash the
clothes
Iron
These are some common household chores. What chores do you do most
often? Does everyone in your house take turns or do people have different
chores? Which chores do you like? Which do you hate?
77
77
78
Problems in the house
Hello, this is Armando. I’m calling
because the power is out. It was on
when I went to work. It’s very cold
now, so the heater has been off for a
while. Please call me as soon as you
can. I don’t know what to do.
The power is out.
The toilet is clogged.
The roof is leaking.
The stove doesn’t work.
The pipes are frozen.
The window is broken.
The shower won’t drain.
The door won’t shut.
A: Were you going to mow the lawn
today?
The heater won’t come on.
The telephone is dead.
B: Yes, I was going to mow the
lawn. But now I don’t think it is a
good idea … it is snowing outside!
Cleaning Supplies
Vacuum
Broom
Mop
Bucket
Sponge
Dish Soap
Laundry Detergent
Paper Towels
Rags
Glass Cleaner
Furniture Polish
A: That’s ridiculous! It’s May!
B: Maybe it’s ridiculous, but this is
Vermont.
Past Progressive with go
I
You
He/She/It
We
They
was
were
was
were
were
going to
clean.
vacuum.
wash the clothes.
I am Antonio, and I am six years old. Today I will help my mother with the chores.
We are going to wash the dishes, sweep the house, and iron clothes. We were
going to hang the laundry, but it is raining. The clothes will be all wet if we hang
the laundry outside so we have to hang them in the bathroom.
VOCABULARY
78
Broom
Clean
Cleaning supplies
Clogged
Dishes
Drain
Garbage can
Heater
La escoba
Limpiar
Los productos de limpieza
Obstruido/Atascado
Los platos
Desagüe
El bote / La basura
El calentador
Household chores
Laundry
Leak
Pipes
Power is out
Take turns
Toilet
Vacuum cleaner
Las tareas de casa
La lavandería
Gotear
Los caños
No hay electricidad
Turnarse
El váter
La aspiradora
Lesson 36: dining out
Waiter:
Maria:
Felipe:
Waiter:
Maria:
Waiter:
Felipe:
Waiter:
Felipe:
Waiter:
79
What would you like to drink?
Coca-Cola, please.
Water for me.
Are you ready to order?
Yes. I would like spaghetti with meatballs and a small salad.
And for you, sir?
I would like the tomato soup and the sausage pizza.
Would you like garlic bread also?
No, thank you.
I will be right back with your drinks.
Polite forms of ordering
“I would like …”
“May I please have …?”
“I’ll take the …”
Questions in a Restaurant
What would you like to drink?
MENU
Appetizers
Salads
Can I get you anything else?
Soups
Desserts
How is everything?
Entrees
Beverages
Are you ready to order?
Are you ready for your check?
In the United States, some restaurants are called fast food restaurants. They
are called fast food restaurants because the food is already made and can be
served very quickly. These restaurants serve inexpensive food, which tastes
good, but often is not very healthy. It can have a lot of fat in it. Obesity is a big
problem in the U.S. and fast food restaurants are one reason why.
79
Waiters in the U.S. are less formal than in other countries. Sometimes they
introduce themselves. Hello, my name is John and I’ll be your server tonight.
Some waiters are well organized and know when you need something. Others
ask you how everything is many times, even when your mouth is full and you
are chewing. Some waiters give you your food and never come back. What
do you think makes a good waiter? Do you think being a waiter would be a
good job?
80
Tipping
People usually tip between 10%
and 15%. Sometimes 20% in a
fancy restaurant or if the service is
very good.
A: Excuse me, but this is not what
I ordered.
Waiter: It isn’t?
A: Yes. I ordered fish, not pasta.
Waiter: I am so sorry, my mistake!
I will get you your dinner right
away.
A: Thank you.
My brother Federico and I are trying to decide where to go out to eat tonight. We
are very tired of cooking, and want to eat in a restaurant. We want a restaurant
that is close, not very expensive, and has good food. The problem is, I like pizza
but Federico likes Chinese food. We both like hamburgers so maybe we will go to
the diner. But it’s only open until eight o’clock, so we have to hurry.
VOCABULARY
80
Appetizers
Beverages
Check
Chew
Desserts
Dine/Eat out
Entrees
Hurry
El aperitivo
Las bebidas
La cuenta
Mascar/Masticar
El postre
Salir a comer
El entrante / Plato principal
Apurarse / Darse prisa
I would like …
Menu
Order
Restaurant
Salads
Soups
Tip
Waiter
Me gustaría …
El menú
Pedir
El restaurante
Las ensaladas
Las sopas
La propina
El mesero
Lesson 37: ordering pizza
Main Street Pizza: Main Street Pizza.
Customer: Hello. I’d like to order a pizza.
MSP: Pick up or delivery?
C:
Delivery.
MSP: Have we delivered to you before?
C:
Yes. It’s at Trowbridge Farm. The house halfway down the hill after the
barn.
MSP: Got it. For what time?
C:
5:30.
MSP: 5:30. So, what would you like?
C:
Two medium pizzas, one with green peppers and onions, the other with
ham, olives, and extra cheese.
MSP: Anything else?
C:
No, that’s all.
MSP: That will be $22.95.
C:
Okay, thanks.
Important Phrases
What toppings would
you like?
Pick-up or delivery?
Do you have …?
Have we delivered to
you before?
How much will that
cost?
What time do you
want it?
What size pizza
would you like?
81
Anything else?
My address is …
81
Main Street Pizza: Main Street Pizza.
Customer:
Hello. I’d like to order a pizza.
MSP:
What’s your phone number?
C:
332-7777.
MSP:
Trowbridge Farm?
C:
That’s right.
MSP:
Will we be delivering?
C:
No, I’ll pick it up.
MSP:
What time would you like it?
C:
Six o’clock.
MSP:
I’m sorry, but it’s 5:30 now. We can have it by 6:30, though.
C:
That will be fine, thanks. See you then.
82
Pizza Toppings
Pepperoni
Cheese
Sausage
Mushrooms
Pizza Sizes
Peppers
Small
Olives
Medium
Bacon
Large
Onions
Extra Large
Ham
I am Sandro, and I live with Cristóbal and Marco. We are going to order pizza
tonight, but we cannot decide what type to order. I like pepperoni and peppers,
Cristobel likes mushroom, olives, and sausage, and Marco only likes cheese
pizza. I guess we will get one large pizza, half with pepperoni and peppers, and
one half with what Cristobel likes. Then a medium cheese pizza for Marco.
VOCABULARY
Anything else?
Delivery
For what time?
How much will that cost?
Large
Medium
Order pizza
82
¿Algo más?
El reparto
¿Para cuándo?
¿Cuánto cuesta?
Grande
Talla mediana
Pedir pizza
Pick up
Slice
Small
That’s all
Toppings
What would you like?
Recoger
Una porción
Pequeño/a
Es todo
Los ingredientes
¿Qué te gustaría?
Lesson 38: holidays
83
A: Tomorrow is the beginning of Carnaval in Mexico! My mother reminded me
on the phone today. Carnaval was my favorite holiday in Mexico.
B: Why was Carnaval your favorite?
A: Because I come from Veracruz, where everyone celebrates Carnaval. There
is a five-day celebration with parades, floats, and dancing.
B: That sounds great. My favorite holiday in Mexico was Día de Los Santos
Reyes.
A: What does your family do on that day?
B: We give each other presents and have a big dinner.
Holiday Vocabulary
Party
Celebration
Presents, Gifts
Meal
Parade
Fireworks
Tradition
Cake
U.S. Holidays
New Year’s Day
President’s Day
Valentine’s Day
April Fool’s Day
Easter
Memorial Day
Fourth of July
Labor Day
Columbus Day
Halloween
Thanksgiving
Christmas
83
What do you do on …?
Birthdays
We give gifts and have a big celebration with a cake
and lots of friends.
Christmas
We invite the whole family over for a big dinner of
turkey, potatoes, bread, and pie.
New Years
We stay up until midnight and drink champagne.
Mexican Holidays
Día de los Santos Reyes
Carnaval
La Expropiación Petrolera
Cumpleaños de Benito Juarez
Semana Santa
Cinco de Mayo
Los Niños Héroes
Día de Independencia
Día de los Muertos
Día de la Revolución
Día de Nuestra Señora
Navidad
When is …
Your birthday?
Your favorite holiday?
Your nameday?
Your anniversary?
Your son’s or
daughter’s birthday?
84
Some holidays are the same in Mexico and the United States. Others are different.
FOURTH OF JULY
THANKSGIVING
In the U.S., the Fourth of July is also called
Independence Day. It celebrates the
country’s independence from England.
People have picnics or barbecues and
watch fireworks at night.
Thanksgiving remembers early settlers who
were thankful for a good harvest. It is a
time to be grateful for good things.
Thanksgiving dinner usually includes
turkey, stuffing, potatoes, rolls, and
pumpkin pie.
DIA de los muertos
Semana Santa
In Mexico people take food to the graves of
their family members. The family members
will gather around the graves to clean the
tombstones and plant new
flowers in memory and
honor of the dead.
Semana Santa is celebrated in Mexico in
the springtime, and lasts the week before
Easter. Some towns celebrate with
parades, and it is traditional to break
cascarones over friends and family.
I am Soledad, and today is December 24. Tomorrow is Christmas, and it will be
my first Christmas in the United States. The stores are decorated with a lot of
things and people are buying a lot of presents. At my house we are making
posole and chicken with mole sauce. For dessert we will have cake. We don’t
have a tree but I made some decorations at school. I have never had a
Christmas when there was snow. I think my parents are going to give me new
boots.
VOCABULARY
84
Anniversary
Birthday
Cake
Celebration
Champagne
Christmas
Fireworks
Float
El aniversario
El cumpleaños
El pastel
La celebración
La champaña
La Navidad
Los fuegos artificiales
El carro alegórico
Holidays
Meal
New Year’s
Parade
Party
Presents/gifts
Tradition
El feriado
La comida
El Año Nuevo
El desfile
La fiesta
Los regalos
La tradición
85
Appendix A: ALPHABET AND PRONUNCIATION
Letter
85
Pronunciation
Transliteration
A
a
a
B
b
bee
bi
C
c
cee
si
D
d
dee
di
E
e
e
i
F
f
ef
ef
G
g
gee
H
h
aitch
I
i
i
J
j
jay
K
k
kay
que
L
l
el
el
M
m
em
em
N
n
en
en
ay
86
O
o
o
o
P
p
pee
pi
Q
q
cue
R
r
ar
S
s
ess
es
T
t
tee
ti
U
u
u
V
v
vee
W
w
double-u
X
x
ex
Y
y
wye
Z
z
zee
vi
ex
zi
Differences between English and Spanish pronunciation
Letters
Vowels:
i in English is pronounced “ay” not “eee” as it is in Spanish
Consonants: b, p, and v are often difficult for Spanish speakers to articulate (See Pronunciation)
Spelling
Spanish spelling is regular and each letter represents a single sound. English is inconsistent. There are a
lot of irregular spellings. But perfect spelling is not a requirement for being able to speak
86
87
APPENDIX B: VERBS
REGULAR VERBS:
Regular verbs in English are conjugated using the infinitive. For example, to like:
In the present tense, the third person singular adds an s:
I like You like He/she/it likes We like You (pl) like They like
In the past tense d or ed is added to all persons:
I liked, etc.
In the future tense, the infinitive is preceded by will:
I will like, etc.
The present participle is formed by adding ing to the infinitive. In some verbs the spelling of
the infinitive changes slightly. In like, for example, the e is omitted:
liking
Verbs with a short vowel, like hop, add an extra consonant in the present participle:
hopping
Verbs that end in s, like kiss, or sh, like polish, or x, like box, or ch, like reach add es
to the third person singular:
He/she/it kisses, polishes, boxes, reaches
Verbs that end in a consonant followed by y, like copy replace the final y with ied in the past tense:
They copied
And replace the y with ies in the 3rd person singular of the present tense:
He copies
87
88
SOME COMMON ENGLISH VERBS:
88
Accept
Aceptar
Cough
Toser
Add
Añadir
Count
Contar
Admit
Admitir
Cover
Cubrir
Advise
Aconsejar
Cry
Llorar
Afford
Poder pagar
Cure
Curar
Agree
Estar de acuerdo
Allow
Permitir
Decide
Decidir
Annoy
Irritar
Decorate
Decorar
Answer
Contestar
Deliver
Entregar
Apologise
Disculparse
Depend
Depender
Appear
Aparecer
Describe
Describir
Appreciate
Agradecer
Deserve
Merecer(se)
Argue
Discutir
Disappear
Desaparecer
Arrive
Llegar
Disapprove
Desaprobar
Ask
Preguntar
Discover
Descubrir
Attack
Atacar
Dislike
Tener aversión
Avoid
Evitar
Divide
Dividir
Doubt
Dudar
Bake
Asar
Dress
Vestir(se)
Bathe
Bañar(se)
Drown
Ahogar
Behave
Comportarse
Dry
Secar
Belong
Pertenecerle
Boil
Hervir
Earn
Ganar
Borrow
Prestar
Educate
Educar
Breathe
Respirar
Embarrass
Avergonzar
Burn
Quemar
Employ
Emplear
End
Terminar/Acabar
89
89
Fix
Arreglar
Kill
Matar
Fold
Doblar
Kiss
Besar
Follow
Seguir
Kneel
Arrodillarse
Force
Obligar/Forzar
Knock
Golpear
Fry
Freír
Laugh
Reír(se)
Gather
Recoger
Learn
Aprender
Grab
Agarrar
Lie
Mentir
Grin
Sonreír
Like
Gustar
Guess
Adivinar
Listen
Escuchar
Live
Vivir
Hammer
Clavar
Load
Cargar
Happen
Ocurrir
Look
Mirar
Hate
Odiar
Love
Amar/Querer
Heal
Curar
Heat
Calentar
Marry
Casar(se)
Help
Ayudar
Match
Corresponder a
Hope
Esperar
Measure
Medir
Hug
Abrazar
Memorize
Memorizar
Hunt
Cazar
Mend
Reparar
Hurry
Apurarse
Miss
Extrañar
Mix
Mezclar
Move
Mover
Ignore
Ignorar
Imagine
Imaginar
Improve
Mejorar
Nail
Clavar
Include
Incluir
Name
Nombrar
Interrupt
Interrumpir
Need
Necesitar
Introduce
Introducir
Nod
Invite
Invitar
Asintir con la
cabeza
Itch
Picar
Notice
Notar/Darse
cuenta de
90
Own
Tener
Rush
Apurarse
Pack
Embalar
Satisfy
Satisfacer
Paint
Pintar
Save
Salvar
Pass
Pasar
Scare
Asustar
Pause
Hacer una pausa
Scratch
Rascarse
Peel
Pelar
Scream
Gritar
Phone
Llamar
Search
Buscar
Pick
Elegir/Recoger
Separate
Separar
Plan
Planear
Serve
Servir/Atender
Plant
Plantar
Share
Compartir
Play
Jugar
Shiver
Temblar
Point
Señalar
Shop
Hacer compras
Pour
Verter/Echar
Shrug
Practice
Practicar
Encogerse de
hombros
Pray
Rezar
Sigh
Suspirar
Promise
Prometer
Sip
Sorber
Protect
Proteger
Smell
Olfatear
Pull
Tirar de
Smile
Sonreír
Smoke
Fumar
Snow
Nevar
Squeeze
Apretar
Stare
Mirar fijamente
Question
90
Preguntar/Poner
en duda
Race
Correr/Competir
Start
Empezar
Rain
Llover
Stay
Quedar(se)
Reach
Alcanzar/Llegar a
Step
Pisar
Realize
Darse cuenta de
Stretch
Estirar/Extender
Receive
Recibir
Succeed
Tener éxito
Recognize
Reconocer
Suffer
Sufrir
Refuse
Rechazar
Surprise
Sorprender
Relax
Relajar
91
Trade
Trocar/Comerciar
Travel
Viajar
Trust
Confiar en
Try
Tratar/Intentar
Turn
Volver/Girar
Undress
Desvestir(se)
Unlock
Abrir (con llave)
Use
Usar/Utilizar
Visit
Visitar
Wait
Esperar
Walk
Caminar
Want
Querer
Warn
Avisar
Waste
Desperdiciar
Watch
Mirar/Observar
Water
Regar
Wave
Saludar con la
mano
Weigh
Pesar
Welcome
Darle la
bienvendia a
Whisper
Cuchichear
Whistle
Silbar
Work
Trabajar
Worry
Preocupar(se)
X-ray
hacer una
radiografía de
91
92
Some IRREGULAR VERBS
BE (SER, ESTAR)
PRESENT
PAST
FUTURE
1st person
I am
was
will be
2nd person
You are
3rd person
He/she/it is
was
will be
1st person
We are
were
will be
2nd person
You are
3rd person
They are
were
will be
PRESENT
PAST
FUTURE
1st person
I have
had
will have
2nd person
You have
had
will have
3rd person
He/she/it has
had
will have
1st person
We have
had
will have
2nd person
You have
had
will have
Singular
were
will be
Plural
were
will be
HAVE (TENER)
Singular
Plural
92
93
3rd person
They have
had
will have
PRESENT
PAST
FUTURE
1st person
I go
went
will go
2nd person
You go
went
will go
3rd person
He/She/It goes
GO (IR)
Singular
went
will go
Plural
1st person
We go
went
will go
2nd person
You go
went
will go
3rd person
They go
went
will go
DO (HACER)
PRESENT
PAST
FUTURE
1st person
I do
did
will do
2nd person
You do
did
will do
3rd person
He/she/it does
Singular
did
will do
Plural
1st person
93
We do
did
will do
94
2nd person
You do
3rd person
They do
did
did
will do
will do
With nearly all irregular verbs, the form in present tense changes only in the third person singular. For
the past and future the forms are the same for all persons. The future is formed by using “will” plus the
infinitive. For the following verbs we will give only the present form with the change for the 3rd person
singular & the past form. These are not all the irregular verbs in English, but some of the most
commonly used.
Por casi todos los verbos irregulares, la forma verbal del presente solo cambia en la tercera persona del
singular. Las formas verbales del pasado y del futuro tienen solo una conjugación por verbo. Se forma el
futuro con el uso de “will” y el infinitivo. Por los siguientes verbos, daremos solo la forma presente con la
conjugación de la tercera persona del singular y la forma del pasado. Esta lista de verbos no representa
todos los verbos irregulares que existen en inglés, pero son los más usados.
94
PRESENT (3rd sing.)
PAST
BECOME
(hacerse)
become (becomes)
became
BEGIN
(comenzar)
begin (begins)
began
BREAK
(romper)
break (breaks)
broke
BRING
(trazer)
bring (brings)
brought
BUILD
(construir)
build (builds)
built
BUY
(comprar)
buy (buys)
bought
CATCH
(coger)
catch (catches)
caught
CHOOSE
(escoger)
choose (chooses)
chose
CUT
(cortar)
cut (cuts)
cut
95
DIG
(excavar)
DREAM (soñar)
95
dig (digs)
dug
dream (dreams)
dreamed/dreamt
DRIVE
(conducir)
drive (drives)
drove
DRINK
(beber)
drink (drinks)
drank
EAT
(comer)
eat (eats)
ate
FALL
(caer)
fall (falls)
fell
FEED
(alimentar)
feed (feeds)
fed
FEEL
(sentir)
feel (feels)
felt
FIGHT
(pelear)
fight (fights)
fought
FIND
(encontrar)
find (finds)
found
FORGET(olvidar)
forget (forgets)
forgot
FREEZE
(helar)
freeze (freezes)
froze
GET
(obtener)
get (gets)
got
GIVE
(dar)
give (gives)
gave
GROW
(crecer)
grow (grows)
grew
HEAR
(oír)
hear (hears)
heard
HIDE
(esconder)
hide (hides)
hid
HIT
(golpear)
hit (hits)
hit
HOLD
(sostener)
hold (holds)
hold
HURT
(doler)
hurt (hurts)
hurt
KEEP
(mantener)
keep (keeps)
kept
KNOW
(saber)
know (knows)
knew
LEARN
(aprender)
learn (learns)
learned
LEAVE
(sair)
leave (leaves)
left
LIE
(echarse)
lie (lies)
lay
LOSE
(perder)
lose (loses)
lost
MAKE
(hacer)
make (makes)
made
96
MEET
(encontrar)
meet (meets)
met
MOW
(segar/cortar)
mow (mows)
mowed
PAY
(pagar)
pay (pays)
paid
PROVE
(demostrar)
prove (proves)
proved
PUT
(poner)
put (puts)
put
READ
(leer)
read (reads)
read
RIDE
(montar)
ride (rides)
rode
RING
(resonar)
ring (rings)
rang
RUN
(correr)
run (runs)
ran
SAY
(dizer)
say (says)
said
SELL
(vender)
sell (sells)
sold
SEND
(mandar/enviar)
send (sends)
sent
SHINE
(brillar)
shine (shines)
shone
SHOW
(mostrar)
show (shows)
showed
SING
(cantar)
sing (sings)
sang
SIT
(sentar)
sit (sits)
sat
SLEEP
(dormir)
sleep (sleeps)
slept
SPEAK
(hablar)
speak (speaks)
spoke
STAND
(estar de pie)
stand (stands)
stood
SWEEP
(barrer)
sweep (sweeps)
swept
SWIM
(nadar)
swim (swims)
swam
TAKE
(llevar/tomar)
take (takes)
took
TEACH
(enseñar)
teach (teaches)
taught
TEAR
(rasgar)
tear (tears)
tore
TELL
(contar)
tell (tells)
told
THINK
(pensar)
think (thinks)
thought
throw (throws)
threw
THROW (tirar/aventar)
96
97
97
UNDERSTAND (entender)
understand (understands)
understood
WAKE
(despertar)
wake (wakes)
woke
WEAR
(llevar)
wear (wears)
wore
WIN
(ganar)
win (wins)
won
WRITE
(escribir)
write (writes)
wrote
98
APPENDIX C: HEALTH VOCABULARY & FORMS
DESCRIBING SYMPTOMS
98
abnormal
anormal
abscess
absceso
acne
acné
anemia
anemia
anorexia
anorexia
anxiety
ansiedad
asthma
asma
bleeding
sangrando
blindness
ceguera
blisters
ampollas
blood in the feces
sangre en las heces
fecales
breathing
respiración
burns
quemaduras (m.)
discomfort
molestia
dizziness
mareo
double vision
visión doble
dry mouth
boca seca
earache
dolor de oído
eczema
eczema
emphysema
enfisema
exhaustion
agotamiento
fainting
desmayo
fatigue
fatiga
fever
fiebre / calentura
frostbite
quemadura de frío
/ congelación
headache
dolor de cabeza
healthy
sano
hearing loss
pérdida de la
cataract
catarata
chills
escalofríos
choking sensation
sensación de ahogo
heart attack
ataque al corazón
collapse
colapso
heart pain
dolor en el
common cold
catarro / resfriado
congenital
congénito
constipation
estreñimiento
contractions
contracciones
heartbeat
latido del corazón
convulsion
convulsión
heat stroke
insolación
cough
tos
hemorrhage
hemorragia
cramps
calambres
hoarseness
ronquera
cyst
quiste
hypertension
hipertensión
deafness
sordera
immunity
inmunidad
deformity
deformidad
incontinence
incontinencia
dehydration
deshidratación
indigestion
indigestión
audición
corazón
heart palpitation
palpitación del
corazón
memory loss
pérdida de la
memoria
mental impairment
deterioro de la
habilidad mental
99
weak/weakness
débil, debilidad
weight gain/loss
aumento/pérdida
de peso
nausea
náusea
numbness
entumecimiento
pain
dolor
paleness/pallor
palidez
palpitations
palpitaciones
paralysis
parálisis
pregnant
embarazada
puffiness
abotagamiento
pulse
pulso
rapid heartbeat
latidos rápidos
rash
erupción/ronchas
red spots
manchas rojas
restlessness
intranquilidad
rheumatism
reumatismo
ringing in the ears
zumbido en los
oídos
salivation
salivación
scab
costra
seizures
ataques/episodios
shock
shock/choque
shortness of breath
falta de
respiración
sneezing
estornudo
sore
llaga
sore throat
dolor de garganta
spasm
espasmo
stiff neck
cuello rígido
stress
estrés /tensión
nerviosa
99
sweating
sudor
swelling
hinchazón
yawning
bostezo
PARTS OF THE BODY
ankle
tobillo
arm
brazo
bladder
vejiga
body
cuerpo
bone
hueso
brain
cerebro
breast
sena
cheek
mejilla
chest
pecho
ear
oreja
elbow
codo
eyes
ojos
face
cara
hip
cadera
finger
dedo
fingernail/toenail
uña
foot
pie
groin
ingle
hair
pelo
heel
talon
leg
pierna
lip
labia
liver
hígado
lung
pulmón
mouth
boca
muscle
músculo
neck
cuello
nose
nariz
thigh
muslo
thumb
pulgar
tooth
diente
toe
dedo
tongue
lengua
vagina
vagina
waist
cintura
wrist
muñeca
MEDICAL TERMS
100
ambulance
ambulancia
antibiotic
antibiotico
antidepressant
antidepresivo
antiseptic
antiséptico
blood pressure
tension
condom
preservative
contagious
contagioso
contraceptive
anticonceptivo
cure
cura
diagnosis
diagnóstico
dose
dosis
fall ill/become ill
enfermar
filling (for tooth)
empaste
illness/sickness
enfermedad
injection
inyección
medicine/drug
medicamento
nutrition
nutrición
operation
operación
pill
píldora
sleeping pill
somnífero
surgery
cirugía
syringe
jeringa
thermometer
termómetro
100
101
DENTIST’S OFFICE FORM
101
102
102
DOCTOR’S OFFICE FORM
103
103
104
104
105
105
106
106
107
Appendix d: dairy VOCABULARY
ENGLISH
I. KINDS OF COWS
I. TIPOS DE VACA
Baby calf
Ternero/a
Bull
Toro
Calf
Becerro/a
Cow
Vaca
Heifer
Vacona
Yearling
Vaquilla
II. PARTS OF THE COW
107
SPANISH
I. ANATOMÍA DE LA VACA
Back
Espalda
Ear (s)
Oreja (s)
Eye (s)
Ojo (s)
Foot (Feet)
Pata (s)
Head
Cabeza
Hoof (Hooves)
Casco (s)
Leg (s)
Pierna (s)
Neck
Cuello
Nipple
Pezón
Rump
Anca
Stomach
Estómago
108
Tail
Rabo
Udder
Ubre
Vagina
Vajina
Vulva
Vulva
III. DESCRIBING THE COW
108
II. DESCRIPCIÓN DE LA VACA
Abnormal
Anormal
Bloat
Torsón /Timpanismo
Blood
Sangre
Breed (natural)
Monta (natural)
Clot/lump (clotted/lumpy)
Grumo (grumoso)
Contagious
Contagioso
Diarrhea
Diarrea
Dry cow
Vaca seca
Fat
Gordo
Female
Hembra
Fever
Fiebre
Hard
Duro
Heat
Celo
Healthy
Sano
Infected
Infectado
Infection
Infección
Inseminate
Inseminar
Manure
Abono
Mastitis
Mastitis
Moan/moaning
Quejarse/Está quejando
109
Mounting
Montando
Mucus
Mucos
Normal
Normal
Off feed
Sin comer
Old
Viejo
Open Cow
Vaca no preñada
Pain
Dolor
Pregnant
Preñada
Saliva
Saliva
Scours
Diarrea
Sick
Enfermo
Sickness
Enfermedad
Slow
Lento
Soft
Suave
Sore
Adolorido
Standing
Parada
Swollen
Hinchado
Temperature
Temperatura
Thin
Delgado
Unease
Inquieto
Urine
Orina
Weak
Debil
Young
Joven
IV. PROCEDURES
109
IV. PROCEDIMIENTO
110
Bacteria
Bacteria
Clean up
Limpiar
Connect
Connectar
Dip
Sumerjir
Disinfect
Desinfectar
Disinfectant
Desinfectante
Dry
Secar
Microbes
Microbios
Milk
Ordeñar
Sanitizer
Sanaedor
Soap
Jabón
Squeeze
Apretar
Strip
Ordeñar a mano
Suction
Succión
Wipe
Limpiar
Vacuum
Vacío
V. OTHER WORDS (Equipment,
Buildings, Personnel, Etc.)
110
V. OTRAS PALABRAS (Equipo,
Edificios, Personal, Etc.)
Air interceptor
Interceptor de aire
Alley
Pasillo
Automatic
Automático
Barn
Establo
Controller
Controlador
Cooler
Enfriador
111
Corral
Corral
Equipment
Equip
Fence
Cerca
Filter
Filtro
Gate
Puerta
Inspection
Inspección
Leak
Gotear
Lock
Seguro/Asegurar
Milk tank (bulk tank)
Tanque de leche
Milking barn
Sala de ordeño
Milking machine
Máquina de ordeño
Mixer
Mezcladora
Office
Oficina
Oil
Aceite
Pipelines
Tubería
Pulsators
Pulsadores
Pump
Bomba
Rinse
Enjuagar
Shut off
Desconectar
Teat cup
Pezonera
Trough
Waiting Room
Comedero
Cuarto de Espera
Worker
Trabajador
VI. FEED
Alfalfa
111
VI. ALIMENTO
Alfalfa
112
Barley
Cebada
Beet pulp
Pulpa de Remolacha
Concentrate
Concentrado
Corn
Maiz
Cotton seed
Semilla de algodón
Cotton seed meal
Pasta de algodón
Feed
Alimentar
Grain
Grano
Grass
Hierba
Hay
Heno
Minerals
Minerales
Mix
Mezclar
Nutricion
Nutrición
Oat (s)
Avena (s)
Powder
Polvo
Powdered milk
Leche en polvo
Rancid
Rancio
Silage
Ensilaje
Soybean
Soya
Soybean meal
Pasta de soya
Vitamins
Vitaminas
Water
Agua
Wheat
Trigo
Wheat bran
Afrecho de trigo
Yeast
Levadura
We are grateful to the publication Simplified Dairyman’s Spanish, © 1999 by Carlos Batallas, Ronald L. Boman, and
Allan Edwards of Utah State University for the organization of some of this vocabulary.
112
113
APPENDIX E: AGRICULTURAL VOCABULARY
Crops
La mezcladora
Pliers
El playo
Plow
El arado
Rake
El rastrillo
Shovel
La pala
String
La cuerda
Tractor
El tractor
Truck
El camión de carga
Wagon
El vagon
Wire
El alambre
Wrench
La llave
Alfalfa hay
Heno de alfalfa
Barley
La cebada
Beans
Los frijoles
Clover
El trébol
Corn
El maíz
Oats
La avena
Peas
Los chicharos
Potatoes
Las papas
Rice (wild)
El arroz de agua profunda
Rye
El centeno
Seeds
Las semillas
Silage
El ensilaje
Soybeans
La soja
Apples
Las manzanas
Straw
La paja (grano o pasto)
Blackberries
Las zarzamoras
Sugar beets
Las remolachas
Blueberries
Las blueberries
Wheat
El trigo
Bucket
El balde
Cherries
Las cerezas
Grapes
Las uvas
Ladder
La escalera
Pick
Recoger / Pizcar
Raspberries
Las frambuesas
Strawberries
Las fresas
Walnuts
Las nuezes de castilla
Farm equipment
113
Mixer
Fruit-related vocabulary
Bale
La paca
Baler
La empacadora de heno
Chopper
La picadora
Harvester
La cosechadora
Hammer
El martillo
Harrow
La rastra
Irrigation
Mixer
La mezcladora
Dry
Seco/a
Pliers
El playo
Filter
El filtro
114
Pipe (small)
La pipa
Pump
La bomba
Watering can
La regadera
Sprinkler
El rociador / irrigador
Wheelbarrow
La carretilla
Tank
El tanque
Valve
La válvula
Vegetables
Wet
Mojado/a
Artichokes
La alcachofas
Asparagus
Los espárragos
Beets
El betabel
Plant words
Bulbs
Los bulbos
Broccoli
El brócoli
Conifers
Los coníferos
Cantaloupes
Los melones
Evergreens
Los perennifolios
Carrots
Las zanahorias
Flowers
Las flores
Cauliflower
La coliflor
Mushrooms
Los hongos / champiñones
Celery
El apio
Nursery crops
Los cultivos de vivero
Corn
El maíz
Bedding plants
Plantas semilleros
Cucumbers
Los pepinos
Shrubs
Los arbustos
Eggplant
La berenjena
Sod
El césped / pasto
Garlic
El ajo
Trees
Los árboles
Lettuce
Le lechuga
Onions
Las cebollas
Parsley
El perejil
Tools
Chainsaw
La motosierra
Peas
Los chícharos verdes
Flower pot
La maceta
Peppers
Los chiles
Garden hose
La manguera
Radishes
Los rábanos
Hedge shears
La tijera para setos
Spinach
La espinaca
Lawnmower
La podadora
Squash & Pumpkins
La calabacita y calabaza
Pitchfork
La horquilla para paja/heno
Tomatoes
Los tomates
Scythe
La guadaña
Watermelon
La sandia
Shears
Las tijeras
Spade
La pala
Sickle
El hoz
Trowel
El desplantador
114
115
APPENDIX F: CALLING 911
Operator:
Vermont 911, where is your emergency?
/Vermant nain uan-uan, uer is yur emergencí?/
Operadora:
Vermont 911, ¿dónde está su emergencia?
Caller:
234 Mountain Road, in West Carthage.
/Maonten Road, in Uest Cartheg/
Persona que llama: 234 Mountain Road, en West Carthage.
Operator:
What is your emergency? - Or - Do you need Police, Fire, or
Ambulance?
/Uat is yur emergencí?/ - Or - /Du yu níd polis, fair, or ambiulens?/
¿Cuál es su emergencia? - o - ¿Necesita a la policía, los bomberos o la
ambulancia?
Speak as clearly as possible. The operator may ask if there is someone nearby
who speaks English. If there is no one and she cannot understand you, she will
get a state interpreter. If you cannot understand the operator, say, “I can’t
understand. I need an interpreter. I speak Spanish.” It can take a minute or
two to get an interpreter on the line. Do not hang up.
Hable de manera clara. Es posible que la operadora le pregunte si hay alguien cerca que hable inglés. Si
no hay nadie, y ella no le puede entender, ella llamará a un intérprete. Si no puede entender a la
operadora, diga, “No entiendo. Necesito un intérprete. Hablo español.” Puede demorar uno o dos
minutes para el intérprete llegue al teléfono. No cuelgue el teléfono.
115
116
Conversation A: FIRE / Incendio
(The 911 Operator will want to know if it’s in a building or outside, and will
want to protect you and people by getting you away from the fire. You may be
asked to leave your phone off the hook if the fire is in your house; that way the
operator can hear what’s happening in the house even when you’re not in it.)
La operadora de 911 querrá saber si el incendio está ocurriendo en un edificio o afuera, y también querrá
protegerla a usted y a otros y diciéndoles que se alejen del fuego. Es posible que la operadora le pida que
deje el teléfono descolago, para que ella pueda oír lo que pasa en la casa.
Caller:
It’s a fire.
Operator:
Where is it? /Uer is et?/ ¿Dónde está el incendio?
Caller:
In the garage.
Operator:
Stay away from the fire. The fire department will be there as soon as
/Ets a fai-er./ Es un incendio.
/En da ga-rash./ En el garage.
possible.
/Stey a-uei fram da fai-er. Da fai-er da-part-ment uil bí der as sun as pas-a-bol./
No se acerquen al fuego. El cuerpo de bomberos estará ahí cuanto antes.
Conversation B: POLICE / La policía
(The 911 Operator will want to know if you’re safe, if the scene is safe—is it a
fight? Are there weapons? What kind? Is someone violent?)
La operadora de 911 querrá saber si usted está seguro y si la escena está segura— ¿es una pelea? ¿Hay
armas? ¿Qué tipo de armas? ¿Hay alguien violento?
116
117
Caller:
There are two men fighting across the road.
/Der ar tu men fait-en a-kras da road./
Hay dos hombres peleando al otro lado de la calle.
Operator:
Do they have weapons?
/Du dey jaf uep-ans?/
¿Tienen armas?
Caller:
I think one of them has a knife, but I can’t see.
/Ai dink uan af dem jas a naif./
Creo que uno tiene una navaja, pero no puedo ver muy bien.
Operator:
Stay away from the scene. The police are on their way.
/Stei a-uei fram da sín. Da polis ar an der ueí./
No se acerque a la escena. La policía está en camino.
Conversation C: AMBULANCE / La ambulancia
(The 911 Operator will ask what’s going on: is the person conscious (awake)?
Breathing? Bleeding? She will quickly send the ambulance, then stay on the
phone with you to help you help the person. Breathing, bleeding, poisoning,
and shock are the order in which first aid should be dealt with.)
La operadora de 911 le preguntará qué está pasando: ¿la persona está consciente? ¿Respirando?
¿Sangrando? Ella mandará la ambulancia y seguirá hablando con usted para que pueda ayudar mejor la
persona. La respiración, la pérdida de sangre y el shock son los factores más importantes en una
emergencia.
Caller:
117
It’s my son! I think he’s broken his leg.
118
/Ets mai san. Ai dink jís bro-ken jis leg./
¡Es mi hijo! Creo que se ha roto la pierna.
Operator:
Is he conscious?
/Is jí kan-shes?/
¿Está consciente?
Caller:
Yes, he’s screaming! He fell out of the hayloft!
/Ies, jís skrím-en. Jí fel aot af da jei-laft./
¡Sí, está gritando! ¡Se cayó del granero!
Operator:
Keep him warm and don’t try to move him. The ambulance is on its
way.
/Kíp jim uarm end dont trai tu muf jim. Da am-biu-lens is an ets u-eí./
Cúbralo y no trate de moverlo. La ambulancia vendrá pronto.
Things to say in an emergency
FIRE: /Fai-er/ Fuego
The house is on fire. / Da jaos is an fai-er/ La casa se está incendiando.
There’s a fire in the barn. /Ders a fai-er en da barn/ / Hay un fuego en el
establo.
The field is burning. /Da fíld is bernin / El campo se está incendiando.
There is smoke coming from the furnace. /Da smok is camen fram da
fernís/ / La caldera está hechando humo.
It’s a big fire. /Its a big fai-er/ / Es un incendio grande.
It’s a small fire. /Ets a smal fai-er/ / Es un incendio pequeño.
No one’s in the house. /No uans en da jaos/ / Nadie está en la casa.
Someone’s in the house. /Samuans en da jaus/ / Alguien está en la casa.
118
119
There are animals in the barn. /Der ar enamols en da barn/ / Hay
animales en el establo.
POLICE: /Polís/ /La policía
There is a fight. /Der is a fair/ / Hay una pelea.
They have guns. /Dey jaf gans/ / Tienen armas.
Someone is shooting. /Samuan is shootin/ / Alguien está disparando.
They have knives. /Dey jaf naifs/ / Tienen navajas.
They are beating him up. /Dey ar beatín jím ap/ / Le están pegando.
He is hitting her. /Jí is gitín jer/ / Le está pegando a ella.
I heard someone screaming. /Ai herd samuan skrímin/ / Oí alguien gritar.
Someone broke into our house. /Samuan brok intu aor jaus/ Alguien
entró en nuestra casa.
Someone stole the television and all our money./Samuan stol da
televishon/ / Alguien robó nuestra televisión y nuestro dinero.
AMBULANCE: /Da em-biu-lens/ La ambulancia
Someone is hurt. /Samuan is jert/ Alguien está lastimado.
… has broken his leg. /jas broken jis leg/ … Se ha roto la pierna.
… was hit by a car. /uas jit bai a car/ …fue atropellado por un carro.
… had an accident on the tractor. /jad en aksident an da
tractor/ …tuvo un accidente en el tractor.
119
120
… fell and hurt himself. /fel end jurt jimself/ …se cayó y se lastimó.
… was in a car accident. /uas en a car aksident/ tuvo un accidente
automovilístico
He (she) is bleeding. /Ji (Shi)/ is blídin/ Él / ella está sangrando.
…can’t breathe. /kent bríd/ No puede respirar.
… is not breathing. /is nat brídin/ No está respirando.
… is having a seizure. /is jafin a si-sher/ Está teniendo convulsiones
… is unconscious. /is an-kan-shes/ Está inconsciente.
You should feel free to re-do the transliteration in whatever way makes it easier
for you to pronounce the words, since it’s important to pronounce them as
correctly as possible.
No dude en rehacer la transcripción para que sea más fácil para pronunciar las palabras. Lo importante
es que pueda pronunciarlas lo más correcto posible.
(Thanks to Brendan O’Neill for the transliterations of these dialogues.)
120
121
Workbook
Lessons 1 - 38
121
122
lESSON 1: Introductions
Fill in the blanks:
I
1) Hi, my name is _______________________________________.
2) What is your __________________?
3) I am ___________________ Guerrero.
4) __________________ are you from?
5) I ______________ from Chiapas.
6) Where _______________ you from?
7) My name _____________ Pablo.
8) What is ___________________ name?
II.
I ___________ from Mexico, but he ________________ from Guatemala.
They ______________ from Mexico City, but we______________ from
Guadalajara. _______________ you from Vera Cruz? Where _________ he
from?
III. A:
Hi, how are you?
B:
_______________________________________________.
A:
I’m okay, thanks.
B:
What’s new?
A:
_______________________________________________.
IV. Hello, my ___________________ is Maria Luisa. I ______________
from Zacatecas. What _______________ your name? How _________
you? I am __________________. Okay, ______________ you later.
122
123
LESSON 2: family
Fill in the blanks:
I.
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
How _______________ are you?
I ________________ twenty-two. How old ___________ you?
I am thirty _________________ old.
How old ____________ Juan?
He is __________________ years ________________.
II.
How old are you? _______________________________________.
How old is Juan? ________________________________________.
How old is your son? _____________________________________.
How old is your daughter? _________________________________.
III. Who is in your family?
I have _____________ brother (s), _____________ sister (s),
__________________ aunt (s), and ________________ uncle (s). My sister,
____________________ is _______________ years old. My
brother, ___________________, is __________________ years old.
I have __________________ son (s) and ___________________
daughter (s). Their names are _______________________________
________________________________________________________.
My mother is named _______________________________. She
is ______________________ years old. My father is named
________________________. He is __________________ years old.
My wife/husband is named ___________________. She/he is
_________________ years old.
123
124
LESSON 3: describing people and feelings
Fill in the blanks:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
How are you today?
I am _______________.
____________________________________.
My brother is _________________________.
Where is he?
_____________________ in Atlanta.
This man/woman is _________________________.
Is this man tall?
Is he handsome?
Is he young? Etc.
Fill in the blanks with the correct form of “to be”:
I ___________ happy.
My mother ___________ proud.
We _______________disappointed.
They ________________ frustrated.
You ________________ curious.
124
125
LESSON 4: money
Give the number form:
One dollar and twenty-five cents. ________________________.
Ten dollars.______________________.
Forty dollars and ninety-nine cents. _______________________.
Two-fifty. _______________________.
Nine-oh-five. _____________________.
Three eighty-seven. _______________________.
Fifteen dollars and sixty cents. _______________________.
Give the written form:
$1.50 ________________________________________________________.
$12.95 _______________________________________________________.
$80.00 _______________________________________________________.
$62.47 _______________________________________________________.
$9.00 ________________________________________________________.
Give the number form:
Eight-oh-two, four-three-nine, five-eight-four-two. _____________________.
Six-one-four, two-seven-seven, four-four-nine-zero. ____________________.
Five-zero-five, nine-eight-nine, three-three-six, six. ____________________.
Give the written form:
212-492-8001 __________________________________________________.
303-677-4582 __________________________________________________.
125
126
LESSON 5: in the house
Put an X in, on, under, beside, in front of, behind, between the boxes.
Which room?
I go to bed in the ______________________________.
The shower is in the ____________________________.
The refrigerator is in the _________________________.
The couch and the television are in the ___________________________.
Fill in the correct form of the verb to go:
Miguel ____________________ into the kitchen to make dinner.
Antonio and Julio ___________________ into the living room to watch t.v.
I _______________ into the bathroom to take a shower.
Then we all _____________________ into the kitchen to eat dinner.
My __________________ is Hidalgo and I __________________ in Vermont. I am
from ___________________________. In Vermont I _____________________ in
a house with ______________________
Rooms. The house is ___________________and _________________.
I like the _______________________, because it ______________________
_______________________. In my bedroom I have ___________________.
126
127
LESSON 6: parts of the body
7
5
1
2
4
3
I. Parts of the face:
8
6
1) _____________________________ 2) ___________________________
3) ______________________________ 4) ___________________________
5) ______________________________ 6) ___________________________
7) ______________________________ 8) ___________________________
1
2
II. Parts of the body:
1)__________________________
2)__________________________
3) __________________________
5
9
3
4
4) __________________________
5) __________________________
6) __________________________
8
7
7) __________________________
6
8)___________________________
III. A: What is wrong?
B: My ________________ hurts.
A: Do you feel _____________________ ?
B: ___________________________________________.
A: Do you ___________________________ to see the doctor?
B: _________________________________________________.
127
128
LESSON 7: time of day
I. Match the times:
Noon.
8:55
Two-thirty
6:45
Six forty-five
9:50
Ten till seven
5:17
Quarter past eleven
2:30
Nine fifty
12:00
Five seventeen
6:50
Five of nine
11:15
II. Fill in the blanks with the general time of day:
At eight o’clock in the ________________________, Rudolfo goes to work. At
_______________ he takes off for lunch. At one o’clock in the
____________________ he returns to work. At seven at ________________
he comes home and has dinner. By _______________ he is sound asleep.
128
129
LESSON 8: calendar and seasons
I. Fill in the blanks:
If yesterday was January 15th, today is _______________ and tomorrow will be
________________________. If today is April 10th, yesterday was
_______________ and tomorrow will be ________________________.
If tomorrow will be October 27th, then today is _____________________ and
yesterday was _______________________________.
II. Which season is it?
In _______________________ it snows in Vermont. In _________________ the
trees come out and the flowers bloom. In _______________________ you can go
swimming. In _______________________ the leaves turn yellow and red.
III. Fill in the past tense forms of the verbs to be and to have:
I am thirty, but last year I _____________ twenty-nine. For my birthday, I
_________________ a big cake. It _______________ chocolate, with vanilla
frosting. There _____________ twenty-nine candles on the cake. That
_____________a lot of candles to blow out. My friends _________________ all
singing Happy Birthday. It______________ a nice day. Everybody ____________
a good time.
129
130
LESSON 9: weather and days of the week
I. Fill in the blanks:
a) Today is Wednesay. Tomorrow will be ________________. Yesterday was
___________________.
b) Tomorrow is Saturday, today is _____________________, and yesterday
was ___________________________.
c) Yesterday was Sunday, today is _____________________, and tomorrow
will be _________________________.
d) Today is Thursday. Yesterday was ___________________, and tomorrow
will be __________________________.
II. You are a weather reporter. Give the weather report for each day.
May 15th. Today is ________________ and ___________________. Tomorrow
will be _____________ and ____________ degrees.
August 28th. Yesterday was a new high. It was ______________ degrees
and very ________________. Tomorrow will be ________________ and
_____________________. There may be _____________________.
January 3rd. Today is _____________________ and ___________________
with a high of ___________________. Tonight the low will be
___________________. Tomorrow will be _________________________ with a
high of ______________________.
III. What kind of weather do you like? (Answer however you wish.)
I like ___________________________________________________.
I don’t like ______________________________________________.
130
131
LESSON 10: food
I. Fill in the correct form of the verb to like:
Do you like chicken? Yes, _____________________ chicken.
Do you like fish? No, _________________________ fish.
Does she like fruit? No, ____________________________ fruit.
Does he like vegetables? No, ______________________ vegetables.
II. What kind of food is…?
A banana is a _____________________. Beef is a _____________________.
Broccoli is a ______________________. Chicken is a __________________.
Corn is a ________________________. An apple is a __________________.
III. Fill in the blanks with the correct form of to like (positive or negative):
Mario’s favorite food is chicken. He likes it with rice and bread. He
_____________________ like vegetables. His mother says, “Mario, why
____________________ you like vegetables?” “Because they don’t taste good,
Mama!” “Sometimes I think you don’t ________________ anything, Mario!” she
says. “That’s not true, Mama! I _______________ donuts and
cake and ice cream. They are my favorite foods!”
IV. Give examples of
Meats: ________________________________________________________
Fruits: _______________________________________________________
Vegetables: ____________________________________________________
131
132
LESSON 11: grocery shopping I
I. Which aisle is it in?
The chicken is in the _________________________ aisle.
The milk is in the ____________________________aisle.
The bread is in the ___________________________ aisle.
The coca cola is in the ________________________aisle.
The ice cream is in the ________________________aisle.
II. Fill in the blanks:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
Excuse me, where ________ the cheese?
It’s in the ______________________________ aisle.
I’m sorry, can you __________________ that, please?
Yes, it’s in the _____________________________ aisle. With the milk.
Thank you. And ______________ the ice cream there too?
No, it’s in the __________________________ aisle.
Thank you very _________________.
III. Fill in the blanks with the correct form of either to need or to want—
whichever one you think makes the most sense:
Tomorrow is my brother’s birthday. I ________________ to buy him a present. I
know he ____________________ a new camera, but I don’t
___________________ to spend so much money. I ______________ to think of
something cheaper. Maybe a new jacket, I know he ________________ one. He
probably ______________________ a red one, because red is his favorite color.
Come to think of it, I _________________ a new jacket too. I
_______________________ to ask someone for a ride to the store.
132
133
LESSON 12: grocery shopping II
I. Fill in the blanks:
How _____________________ is the bread?
How much _______________ the eggs?
How much ________________ the beef?
What is the _________________ per pound?
$9.95! That’s ______________________!
The chicken is ______________________, it’s only $6.95 per pound.
II. Fill in the blanks:
Cashier:
Will that be all?
Customer: Yes, __________ you.
Cashier:
That will be ____________________.
Customer: Thirty-two dollars and ninety-five cents?
Cashier:
That’s right.
Customer: ________________ is fifty dollars.
Cashier:
Here’s your __________________: $17.05.
III. Write the dollar amounts:
Fifteen seventy-five.
$________________________
Twenty-two fifty.
$________________________
Eight dollars.
$________________________
One hundred fifty two. $________________________
Twelve ninety-nine.
133
$__________________________
134
LESSON 13: comparing and measuring
I. Fill in the blanks with the comparative forms of heavy, cheap, small, big, smart
and strong. (There may be more than one correct answer.)
A bull is ___________________ than a chicken.
A chicken is ________________ than a bull.
A tractor is _________________ than a lawnmower.
A man is ____________________ than a mouse.
A skyscraper is ___________________ than a house.
A bicycle is ______________________ than a car.
II. Mark these statements true and false. (Some are a matter of opinion.)
A mile is longer than a kilometer.
A pound is heavier than a kilo.
The slowest runner wins the race.
A mosquito is bigger than an elephant.
It is healthier to eat fruit than to eat cake.
Bananas taste sweeter than apples.
The United States is a larger country than Mexico.
Vermont has a warmer climate than Mexico.
A rich person is happier than a poor person.
Men are smarter than women.
Women are smarter than men.
III. Write several sentences making comparisons of your own:
134
135
LESSON 14: telephoning
I. Fill in the blanks to leave a message:
Hello, this is __________________________. It is ___________________ o’clock
on ________________ afternoon. I need to ______________ to
Mr. Wilson right away. One of the cows is _________________________ and I
think he needs to look at her. Please have him _________________
me back as soon as possible. My _________________ is 455-5445. Thank you.
II. Fill in the blanks to report an emergency:
Yes, this is an _______________________. My friend __________________
____________________________. My address is ____________________
______________________________________________________________.
Can you ________________ right away?
III. Answering the phone and taking a message. Fill in the blanks:
a) Hello? No, Ricardo isn’t ___________________ right now. No, I don’t
___________________ what time he’ll be back. May I _________
a message? Okay, I’ll tell him you called.
b) Hello? Oh, hi. I’ll see if she _______________________ here. No, she
________________________. She’ll be ________________ at seven. Do you
want her to ______________________ you? Okay, I’ll ____________ her.
135
136
Lesson 15: in town
I. Fill in the blanks with the correct form of to be going to:
Mr. and Mrs. Brown _____________________ go to town. Their daughter Ellen
_______________________ buy a new dress. She knows that her parents
______________________ be upset because the dress she wants is very expense.
She ______________________ promise them that she will pay half of the price if
they will let her buy it.
II. Where do you …?
You mail your letters at the _____________________________________.
You buy food at the ___________________________________________.
Children go to _______________________________________________.
On Sundays some people go to __________________________________.
If you break your leg, you have to go to the ________________________.
III. Describe your house:
My house is _______________________ and _______________________.
It has a _______________________ and a __________________________.
It has _______________ windows and ________________ doors. Inside
there are ____________________ rooms: a ________________________,
a_______________________, and a ______________________________.
My room is ________________________ and _______________________.
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
136
137
LESSON 16: town and city
I. Use either the affirmative or the negative of the verb to go in past tense:
No, I ____________________ to town because I was too tired.
Yes, he ___________________ after work.
The children ___________________to school today because it was a holiday.
We ________________________ out to dinner because we didn’t want to spend
the money, but we ________________________ out for ice cream.
II. Where do you buy…? (kinds of stores)
Medicines ____________________________________________
Wood and nails ________________________________________
A jacket ______________________________________________
Food for dinner ________________________________________
Shampoo and Conditioner ________________________________
III. On the Street
When you walk, it is always good to cross the street on the
_______________________________________________________.
Cars can go when there is a green light on the
_______________________________________________________.
You can walk, but not ride bicycles, on the
_______________________________________________________.
All cars must stop at a
_______________________________________________________.
137
138
LESSON 17: in the country
I.
True or False: About Vermont
True / False Vermont has a mountain range called the Blue Mountains.
True / False Vermont touches the three states: New York, New Hampshire, and
Massachusetts
True / False The Lake monster that lives in Lake Champlain is called Nelly.
True / False The Connecticut River is below Vermont and 410 miles long.
II. Fill in the blanks with “look” or “see”
Martin: _________, Elena! There is Lake Champlain!
Elena: You’re right. I heard that there is a lake monster named Champ that lives
in the lake. Do you _____________ him?
Martin: No, I do not ___________ him. Can you?
Elena: It is kind of dark, but, oh! ___________! There is a dark shape in the
water! Could it be Champ?
III. Fill in the blanks with Vermont Landmark words
The farm I work at is located in the state of Vermont, close to the Green
______________. There are many cows, who live in a big red ______________
where we feed them __________. There is also a ____________ to keep grain in.
In the summertime, the cows live outside in a _______________ and eat grass.
Sometimes, we have to mend the _______________ so they do not escape.
138
139
LESSON 18: giving directions
I. Pretend someone is asking you for directions. Explain how to reach each place
using the words “go straight”, “turn right”, “turn left”, “near”, and “far”.
Where is the bathroom?
How do I get to the barn from the house?
How do I drive into town?
Where is the house of the patron?
II. On another piece of paper, draw out maps that fit these directions.
To get to the school from the supermarket: Walk straight for half a mile. Turn
right on Elm Street. Continue straight on Elm Street for two blocks. Take another
right on Seymour Street. Go straight for one block, and the school will be on your
left.
To get from town to the farm: Drive straight on Main Street. Keep going until you
see a white church on your right. Turn left after the church. Drive for about two
miles. You will cross a river. After the river, take the first road to the right. The
house is a gray house on your left, #26.
III. Explain to someone how to reach your house from the nearest town. Give
detailed directions and use landmarks.
139
140
LESSON 19: health I
I. Describing Symptoms. Fill in the blanks with the symptoms you might
experience with each illness.
1. Doctor, I think I have the flu. I have a __________ and a __________. My
________ hurts and I have been coughing all day. I am also very
__________, so much that I think I will fall down.
2. I must be sick with a stomach virus. I have ____________, _____________,
and I have been vomiting all day.
II. Expressions of frequency: Fill in the blanks with the appropriate word.
Today is Tuesday, and ______________ was Monday. On Monday I had a day off
from work. It was very relaxing, because I had been working ______________
without a single day off. I ____________ have time to watch TV, read, or play
soccer outside. The patron told me that I will have next Monday off, and the
Monday after that. I think I will have a day off from work
____________________________________!
III. Answer the questions with the auxiliary verb CAN or CAN’T + infinitive.
Can you dance? ______________________________________________.
Can you ride a bicycle? ________________________________________.
Can you play soccer? __________________________________________.
Can you juggle? _______________________________________________.
Can you sing? _________________________________________________.
140
141
LESSON 20: health II
I. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate word for the conversation.
A: Good morning. Do you have an _____________________________?
B: Yes, I do. I need to meet with the _______________________ at 10:30.
A: Are you a regular _________________ of the doctor’s?
B: No, this is my first time here.
A: Okay, take a seat. The doctor will call you in shortly.
II. Levels of certainty: Fill in the following words where it seems appropriate:
probably not, maybe, I think so, I’m positive, probably.
I am ________________________ going to jump out of a boat today.
_____________________ it will be a nice day tomorrow.
______________________ that my name is (your name).
_______________________ I will have chicken for dinner tonight.
Marco asked if the bread was in the refrigerator. I said, _______________.
III. Fill in the blanks with a word that fits the dialogue.
Hello, doctor. I am here today because I feel very sick. My ______________ and
my ____________________ hurt. I have been _______________________ since
________________________. I could not get an ______________________ to see
you before today. I cannot eat or ________________ anything, and I think I have
a fever. Could I have the ______________________?
141
142
LESSON 21: at the dentist
I. Taking care of your teeth: fill in the blanks with the appropriate phrase.
To have healthy teeth, it is important to ______________________ and to
_________________________ every day. It is best not to
________________________________, like candy and soda, because that
weakens your teeth. And once a year it is good to ______________________ for a
teeth cleaning.
II. Levels of difficulty: Fill in the blanks with the word that best fits.
It is ______________________ to learn English.
It is _____________________ to take care of my teeth.
It is ______________________ to know the name of every cow on the farm.
It is ______________________ to get to know Americans.
III. Introductory phrases: Fill in the blank with an appropriate phrase.
_________________________________ it is hard to get a dentist appointment in
my town.
_________________________________ the dentist will try to pull out all my
teeth!
_________________________________ anyone who works as a dentist.
_________________________________ I do not have any cavities when I visit the
dentist next week.
142
143
LESSON 22: pharmacy
I. Fill in the blank with the correct vocabulary word
1.
2.
3.
4.
Type of medicine that you swallow with water ______________________
Medicine you can buy without a prescription ________________________
Type of medicine you put directly on your skin _______________________
Medicine you can only get with a doctor’s permission
______________________________
5. Type of medicine you swallow using a spoon _________________________
II. In which pharmacy aisles would you find the following things?
Toothpaste ________________________________________________
Laundry Detergent __________________________________________
Cough Medicine ____________________________________________
Band-Aids _________________________________________________
Diapers ___________________________________________________
Shampoo _________________________________________________
III. The Imperative: Describe usage directions for a medicine by filling in the blanks
with the correct imperative.
You need to ___________ these pills twice a day, and always with water and
food. They are poisonous if you take too many, so ____________ let your children
or pets get near them. ______________ the directions on the side of the bottle,
and ___________ to the doctor if you begin having any strange symptoms.
143
144
LESSON 23: post office
I. Fill in the blank with the correct vocabulary word
I am going to ____________ a ______________ that I wrote today to my cousin in
New York. In the _____________, I tell my cousin about my life in Vermont and
news from our family in Mexico. I need to find a ________________ to put on the
letter so that I can send it. I think the patrón might have one. Tomorrow I will put
the letter in a ________________ in town, or maybe give it to the
___________________ if he comes by the house.
II. Form sentences using “will + auxiliary verb” and the subjects and phrases
provided.
We, work early tomorrow
_____________________________________________________
I, go to the grocery store soon
_____________________________________________________
You, milk on the new cows
_____________________________________________________
III. Now do the same thing, but this time use the contraction form of “will +
auxiliary verb”
They, save money this year
______________________________________________________
We, cook pasta for dinner
______________________________________________________
144
145
LESSON 24: wiring money
I. Answer the questions using “there is”, “there isn’t”, “there are”, and “there
aren’t”
Are there places to wire money in your town?
_______________________________________________________
Is there someone who speaks Spanish where you wire money?
________________________________________________________
Is there a fee to wire money home?
________________________________________________________
Are there other safe ways to send money home?
________________________________________________________
Is there a way to find out when the money arrives home?
________________________________________________________
II. Match the vocabulary word to the definition.
___ Bank Account ____Account number ____ Wiring Fee
___ Receipt
____ Arrival date
______ Western Union
1. A paper that is confirmation of the amount of money you wired
2. The money you must pay extra to wire money
3. The day the money will arrive
4. A place you hold your money in a bank
5. The number you must give when you wire money to another bank
6. A bank in the United States that wires money
145
146
LESSON 25: animals
I. Name the animal
____________
_________
____________
___________
__________
___________
____________
_____________
II. Fill in the blanks with the correct “Animal Word”
1. A cat has four ______________.
2. Horses have very hard feet, called ______________. They wear shoes called
horseshoes.
3. The mouth of a bird is called a ______________, and their bodies are
covered in ____________________.
4. A squirrel has a long and bushy __________________ that helps them to
balance.
5. On their head, deer have two _______________. Sometimes male deer use
these to fight.
6. When cats are afraid, they scratch with their ____________________.
7. Bears are covered in _________________, which helps them stay warm
during the winter like a winter coat.
146
147
LESSON 26: cows
I. Name the parts of the cow
II. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate vocabulary word
A baby cow is called a ______________________.
A male cow is called a ______________________.
A young female cow is called a ___________________.
III. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate vocabulary word
On our farm, we have many cows, and also two male cows, or _________. Most
of our cows are black and white, and they are called ________________. These
cows produce more milk than the brown cows called __________________. We
milk the cows _____________________ at our farm, everyday, except if a cow is
__________, in which case we give them medicine. This year many cows at the
farm are pregnant, which means that in the spring we will have lots of
________________.
147
148
LESSON 27: jobs
I. Using the words in the box to the right, fill in the blanks to complete the
sentences.
1. I need to check the ____________ to find out if I work
tomorrow.
2. The patrón said that at the end of the month we would
all receive a _____________ of $1.00/hour.
3. Every two weeks, the patrón gives us our ___________.
Those days, my friends and I order pizza to celebrate.
4. I need to talk with the patrón to see if I can work
Schedule
Hours
Pay
Hourly Wage
Minimum
Wage
Taxes
Social Security
Raise
Paycheck
fewer __________. I am working so much that I do not have
time to sleep.
II. Finish the sentences
I need to _______________________________________________________.
I have to ________________________________________________________.
I should ________________________________________________________.
III. Use different adjectives to describe jobs
The job I have right now if ___________, ______________, and a little
___________. It is definitely not _________________.
My dream job is to be a ____________________. I think that job would be
________________ and ________________.
148
149
LESSON 28: living in the united states I
I. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate greeting.
Here are some ways that I would greet a friend:
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
This is how I would greet a stranger, someone older, or my boss:
___________________________________________
___________________________________________
___________________________________________
II. American Greetings: Circle True or False
True / False - Americans usually kiss when they greet.
True/False - Americans are typically informal and reserved.
True/False - In the United States, strangers usually hug.
True/False - It is typical for American men to greet each other with a
handshake.
III. Read the paragraph on “American families”, and write down three differences
between American families and families in your home country.
1. _________________________________________________________
2. _________________________________________________________
3. _________________________________________________________
IV. Fill in the blanks with appropriate words:
Americans usually _________________ when they are 25-29 years old.
Many first marriages end in __________________________.
The _________________ number of children in an American family is two.
__________________________ often do not live with a family.
Children usually _____________________ of the house after high school.
Many women in America _____________________ outside the home.
149
150
LESSON 29: living in the united states II
I. Fill in the blank with the correct vocabulary word
1. The American Constitution is based on the ideas of ______________ and
__________________.
2. The three branches of the American government are the
_________________, the _____________________, and the
_______________________.
3. The colors in the American flag are _______________, ________________,
and ___________________.
II.
Use the map to complete this section.
Name three states on the East Coast of the United States
_______________, _________________, _________________
Name three states in the South of the United States
_______________, _________________, _________________
Name three states on the West Coast of the United States
_______________, _________________, _________________
Name three states in the central area of the United States
_______________, _________________, _________________
Which states have you been to?
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
150
151
LESSON 30: EDUCATION
I. Fill in the blanks:
Teacher:
What _________________ are you in, Ramona?
Ramona:
Last year I _________________ in second grade, so this year I will be
in ____________________ grade.
Teacher:
___________ you learn your multiplication tables?
Ramona:
No, I ____________________.
Teacher:
Well, you will learn them this year.
II. Write the negative past tense of the following verbs:
I liked soccer. I ________________________________ football.
He played baseball. He __________________________ basketball.
We remembered to get eggs, but we _____________________ to get butter.
They wanted rain, but they_________________________ a hurricane!
You received an A in Science, but you _____________________ an A in Math.
III. Fill in the blanks:
In _____________________________ class we are learning to sing. In
___________________________ we are learning how to add and subtract. In
_____________________________ we are learning how to draw. In
________________________________ we are doing experiments. In
____________________________ we are studying the Civil War. And in
_______________________________ we are playing volleyball.
151
152
LESSON 31: COOKING
I. Fill in the blanks:
I am ______________________ flour to make a cake. Juan is
_______________________ meat on the barbecue. Andrew is
_______________________ the posole. When the cake is _______________ in
the oven, I will get a beer out of the refrigerator and relax.
II. Fill in the blanks:
1) We eat soup with a ____________________________.
2) We cut meat with a ____________________________.
3) We fry eggs in a ___________________________.
4) Potholders are for taking hot things out of the __________________.
5) We use a _____________________________ to turn over quesadillas.
III. Fill in the blanks:
3 teaspoons = 1 ______________________.
8 ounces = 1 _________________________.
2 cups = 1 ___________________________.
2 pints = 1 ___________________________.
IV. Write out a recipe for something you like to cook on another piece of paper.
Give the measurements and then the directions.
152
153
LESSON 32: MUSIC AND RECREATION
I. Fill in the blanks using the form of the present progressive.
1) Maria __________________________ a book.
2) Luisa ___________________________ television.
3) Rojelio __________________________ to music.
4) Daniel ___________________________ on the phone.
5) Alessandra __________________________ for a new dress.
II. Fill in the blanks using the past progressive form of the verbs wear, read,
watch, go:
Yesterday I _____________________ a book when someone knocked on the
door. It was my neighbor, Tomas. He ____________________ a funny hat and a
costume because he ___________________________ trick-or-treating for
Halloween. His brother ________________________ a movie on television and
so Tomas asked me to go with him instead.
III. Complete the following sentences.
I like movies that are _________________________________________.
I don’t like _______________________________ movies.
One of my favorite movies is ____________________________________.
A movie about my life would be named ______________________________ .
The sound track would be _________________________________________ (kind
of music).
My favorite kind of music is ________________________________________.
153
154
LESSON 33: SPORTS
I. Fill in the blanks:
1) In ________________________ you try to kick the ball through the goal.
2) In ________________________ you hit the ball with the bat.
3) In ________________________ you serve the ball over the net.
4) In ________________________ you go very fast down the mountain.
5) In ________________________ you skate on an ice rink.
II. Fill in the blanks:
Antonio likes to ________________________ soccer. In the last game he scored
two ______________________. His friend Marco ________________
one. The score was 3 – 3 until the last quarter, when Marco passed the
_________________________ to Antonio and Antonio _________________ a
goal.
III. Make sentences using as many of the following sports words as you can: win,
team, athlete, money, soccer, run, fast, goal, ball, player, kick, score.
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
________________________________
154
155
LESSON 34: CLOTHING
I. Fill in the blanks:
Clerk:
May I ______________________ you?
Customer: I’m ______________________ for pants.
Clerk:
What _________________?
Customer: A 30 _________________ and 29 ______________________.
Where do I ___________________ them on?
Clerk:
Right over here.
II. Fill in the blanks with this or that, these or those:
1) _______________________ isn’t my hat; __________________ one right here
is.
2) Are _________________________ your shoes? Or are _______________ your
shoes over under the chair?
3) _______________________ groceries she took to her car weren’t hers!
___________________ are!
III. Armando is going to visit his uncle for a week. List all the clothes he will need
to pack:
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
155
156
Lesson 35: cleaning the house
I. Fill in the blanks:
1) After dinner, we wash ___________________________________.
2) When the rug is dirty, we _______________________ it.
3) We _________________ the floor with a broom.
4) We ___________________ the laundry on the clothesline when it’s sunny.
5) We ____________________ the lawn with the lawnmower.
II. Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the past progressive of to go:
1) Yesterday, I
____________ ______________________ to mow the lawn,
but I couldn’t because it rained.
2) Last week they _________________ _________________ to visit their
Uncle, but they couldn’t because he got sick.
3) When Mario was little, he _________________ ____________________
to be a doctor, but he discovered he hated the sight of blood.
4) We _____________________
_____________________ to make posole, but
we decided to make enchiladas instead.
III. Write down what you would say to call someone to say that something is
wrong in the house:
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
156
157
LESSON 36: dining out
I. Fill in the blanks.
Waiter:
Are you ________________ to order?
Customer: Yes, I would __________________ a _____________________.
Waiter:
_______________ you like something to drink?
Customer: Yes, I’ll ____________________ a _____________________.
Waiter:
I’ll be right _____________________ with your drink.
II. Rewrite these sentences using polite forms:
1. Give me a pizza right now! ______________________________________
______________________________________________________________.
2. I ordered a coca-cola, not coffee! _________________________________
______________________________________________________________.
3. Of course I’m not ready for the check! Go away! ____________________
______________________________________________________________.
III. Finish this story about a terrible waiter:
Last night my sister and I went out to dinner. But the waiter was so bad! First he
forgot to _____________________________________, then he
brought ______________________ when we ordered _________________ ,
then he _______________________________________________________.
He kept saying, _________________________________________________!
My sister said we shouldn’t leave him a tip. I think _____________________
______________________________________________________________.
157
158
Lesson 37: ordering pizza
I. Fill in the blanks:
A: Hello, I’d like to __________________ a pizza.
B: What would you __________________ on it?
A: ________________, __________________, & _____________________.
B: Will that be pick-up or __________________________?
A: ___________________________.
B: What ________________________?
A: ___________________________.
B: Okay, see you then.
II. List as many pizza toppings as you can remember:
_______________________________
__________________________
_______________________________
__________________________
_______________________________
__________________________
_______________________________
__________________________
_______________________________
__________________________
III. Write down directions to your house from the pizza place (get help if you need
it). _______________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
158
159
Lesson 38: holidays
I. Fill in the blanks, using the following words:
Today I am fifteen years _____________. Tonight there will be a
______________ to celebrate. I will have a chocolate _______________
with coconut frosting. I hope my friends will give me ________________. One of
my friends, Lupita, is from Mexico. I wish I could have my fifteenth
___________________ there, because she has told me it is a big
_______________________. It is called the Quincañera.
II. Fill in the blanks of the “Happy Birthday” song.
_______________________ Birthday to you,
Happy _________________________ to you,
______________ ______________________, dear (person’s name),
______________
_______________________
_____
__________!
III. Write about your favorite holiday. Say why it is and tell about something that
happened once on that day when you celebrated it.
My favorite holiday is ______________________________________,
because _______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________.
One time on _____________________________________ (name of holiday),
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________.
159
Welcome to Vermont
English
for
working and living
By
Kathryn Kramer and sarah ashby
Text © by Kathryn Kramer & Sarah Ashby
0
1
1
2
Welcome to Vermont: English for Working and Learning is not a work for sale, but it is freely
reproducible for the use of teachers and students. A pdf file of the book is available from
http://shawnashapiro.com/juntos/ or at http://www.osymigrant.org.
This textbook was produced with a grant from Middlebury College’s Undergraduate
Collaborative Research Fund, and we are grateful to the College for its support. We also wish to thank
the many people who helped us with their time and advice: particularly Erin Shea of the Vermont
Migrant Education Program at the University of Vermont Extension; Brendan O’Neill, Molly Nitka, Dan
Cohen, and Sally Black, who teach in the Extension’s Out-of-School-Youth program; and at Middlebury
College Kate Bass, the director of Juntos, the student migrant outreach group, and Shawna Shapiro, in
the Center for Teaching, Learning, and Research. Finally, this project would not have been conceived
were it not for the inspiration provided by those students with whom we have worked. For their
unfailing good humor and patience with our well meaning but sometimes clumsy efforts as we learned
how to teach them, we are very grateful.
We welcome comments and suggestions from those who use this book. They can be sent to
[email protected].
Sarah Ashby & Kathryn Kramer
2
3
Introduction
Hello and welcome to your new English learning textbook!
The purpose of this textbook is to guide your study of the English language
and introduce you to American customs and traditions. The lessons in this
textbook are designed for a novice to intermediate English speaker.
Every lesson in the book is intended to be relevant to your day-to-day life.
Some lessons are about jobs and work, others are about living in Vermont or the
United States, and many contain useful information and vocabulary that we hope
will help you to feel more at home in your community.
This textbook comes with a workbook and several Appendices for further
study and reference. Make sure to let your teacher know what subjects you are
most interested in, so you can spend more time on those lessons.
Most importantly—have fun! Try speaking English whenever you have the
chance—people are almost always glad to help you to communicate. Learning a
new language is a challenging, yet rewarding experience.
¡Hola y bienvenidos a su nuevo manual de inglés!
El propósito de este manual es guiar sus estudios del idioma inglés e
introducirle a las costumbres y tradiciones estadounidenses. Las lecciones de este
manual son diseñadas para estudiantes de nivel inicial e intermedio.
Cada lección de este libro va a ser relevante a su vida cotidiana. Algunas
lecciones tratan sobre trabajo, otras tratan sobre la vida en los Estados Unidos, y
muchas contienen información y vocabulario útil que le ayudará entender mejor e
integrarse en su comunidad estadounidense.
Este manual también viene con un cuaderno de ejercicios y apéndices para
referencia o para estudiar más. Asegúrese que su profesor/a sepa cuales lecciones
le interesan más para que pueda dedicarle más tiempo a ellas.
Pero lo más importante de todo es… ¡Diviértase! Trate de hablar inglés
cuando pueda—a la gente le gusta ayudarte comunicar. Aprender un nuevo
idioma puede ser exigente, pero también es una experiencia que da mucha
satisfacción.
3
4
table of contents
Page numbers
1.
Introductions
9
Possessive pronouns; To Be
2.
Family
11
Numbers; To Have, To Have (negative)
3.
Describing People and Feelings
13
To Be (negative); Opposites
4.
Money
15
Telephone numbers; Nouns: Plurals
5.
In the House
17
To Go; Imperative; Nouns: possessive form; Prepositions
of location
6.
Parts of the Body
19
To Have (interrogative)
7.
Time of Day
21
8.
Calendar and Seasons
23
Ordinal numbers; To Be (past); To Have (past)
4
5
9.
Weather and Days of the Week
25
To Be (future)
10. Food
27
To Like
11. Grocery Shopping I
29
Adjectives: placement and agreement; To Need and To Want
12. Grocery Shopping II
31
Demonstrative adjectives
13. Comparing and Measuring
33
Comparatives and superlatives
14. Telephoning
35
Leaving a message; Calling 911
15. In Town
37
To Go (present progressive)
16. Town and City
39
To Go (past)
17. In the Country
41
Vermont geography; To See and To Look
18. Giving Directions
5
43
6
19. Health I
45
Auxiliary verb Can; Expressions of frequency
20. Health II
47
Levels of certainty; Polite forms
21. At the Dentist
49
Levels of difficulty
22. Pharmacy
51
Kinds of medicine; Prescriptions; Imperative
23. Post Office
53
To Go (future)
24. Wiring Money
55
There is, There are
25. Animals
57
Vermont wild and domestic animals
26. Cows
59
Facts about the dairy industry
27. Jobs
61
Auxiliary verbs would, could, should; have to; need to
6
7
28. Living in the United States I
63
Families and customs
29. Living in the United States II
65
Geography and population
30. Education
67
Regular verbs: past tense
31. Cooking
69
Measurements; Recipe; Present progressive
32. Music and Recreation
71
Past progressive
33. Sports
73
34. Clothing
75
This, that; These, those
35. Cleaning the House
77
To Go (past progressive); Problems in the house
7
36. Dining Out
79
37. Ordering Pizza
81
38. Holidays
83
8
APPENDICES
A:
Alphabet and Pronunciation
85
B:
Verbs – Regular and Irregular
87
C:
Health Vocabulary and Forms
98
D:
Dairy Vocabulary
107
E:
Agricultural Vocabulary
113
F:
Calling 911
115
WORKBOOK (Lessons 1-38)
8
121-159
Lesson 1: Introductions
Hello.
9
A: Hello. My name is Tom. What is your
name?
Hi.
Good morning.
How are you doing?
B:
My name is Gabriel.
How you doin’?
A:
Nice to meet you.
How’s it going?
B:
Nice to meet you, too.
What’s new?
What’s happening?
A: Good morning,
Ruben. How are you?
Fine.
B: I am fine, thank
you. How are you?
Not too bad.
A:
Kind of sick.
Kind of sick.
B:
That’s too bad.
B:
Okay.
Tired.
Sleepy.
Very well.
Yeah, me too.
A:
Goodbye.
Hi, how are you?
B: Fine, thanks, and
you?
See you later.
See you soon.
A: Okay. I’m a little
tired.
See you tomorrow.
Good night.
B:
TO BE
Singular
st
9
Yeah, me too.
TO BE, with contractions
Plural
st
Singular
Plural
1 person
I am
We are
1 person
I’m
We’re
2nd person
You are
You are
2nd person
You’re
You’re
3rd person
He, she, it is
They are
3rd person
He’s, she’s, it’s
They’re
10
A:
Hi, what is your name?
B:
Roberto Garcia. What’s yours?
A: My name is Juan Chavez.
Where are you from?
B:
I am from Mexico.
A:
Where in Mexico?
B: Veracruz. Where are you
from?
A: I am from Mexico too. I am
from Chiapas.
B:
Nice to meet you.
A:
Nice to meet you, too.
POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS
Singular
Plural
1st person
My
Our
2nd person
Your
Your
3rd person
His, Her, Its
Their
Hello, my name is Alicia Anaya. I am from Guadalajara,
Mexico. I am okay, but a little tired. See you later.
VOCABULARY
Fine
Goodbye
Goodnight
Hello
How are you doing?
How’s it going?
Nice to meet you
Not too bad
10
Bien
Adiós
Buenas noches
Hola
¿Cómo estás?
¿Qué tal?
Encantado/a de conocerle
No tan mal
Okay
See you later/soon/
tomorrow
Sleepy
Tired
Very well
What’s new?
Where are you from?
Bien
Hasta luego/pronto/
mañana
Soñoliento
Cansado/a
Muy bien
¿Qué hay de nuevo?
¿De dónde eres?
Lesson 2: family
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
one
two
three
four
five
six
seven
eight
nine
ten
eleven
twelve
thirteen
fourteen
fifteen
sixteen
seventeen
eighteen
nineteen
twenty
twenty-one
thirty
forty
fifty
sixty
seventy
eighty
ninety
one hundred
A:
Hello. How are you?
B:
Very well.
11
A: My name is Isabel. What is your name?
B: My name is Elsa. I am from Canada. Where are you
from?
A: I’m from Oaxaca. I am nineteen years old. How old
are you?
B:
I’m thirty years old.
STUDENT IDENTIFICATION CARD
Name: ____Marta Quiroga_________________________
Age: __Nineteen (19)_____
Address: __________21 Maple Street_____________________
________Middlebury, Vermont 05753_____________
Phone Number: ____(802) 447 – 5892__________
TO HAVE
Singular
st
Plural
1 person
I have
We have
2nd person
You have
You have
3rd person
He, she, it has
They have
TO HAVE (negative)
Singular
11
Plural
1st person
I don’t have
We don’t have
2nd person
You don’t have
You don’t have
3rd person
He, she, it doesn’t have
They don’t have
A:
Tiquio, do you have a brother?
B:
Yes, I have a brother.
12
A: How old is he?
Who is in your family?
Mother
Father
Sister
Brother
B:
He is eleven. Do you have a brother?
A:
No, I have one sister.
B:
How old is she?
A:
She’s seventeen.
B:
What’s her name?
A:
Margarita.
Daughter
Son
A:
Wife
Who is in your family, Carla?
Grandson
B: I have a grandmother, a
grandfather, a mother, a father, a
sister, and two brothers.
Grandmother
A: Do you have any aunts or uncles?
Grandfather
B: Yes, many!
Husband
Granddaughter
Aunt
A: Do you have a son or a daughter?
Uncle
B:
Niece
Not yet!
Nephew
My name is Zenaido Mendez. I am ten years old. My sisters are Lucinda and
Margarita. My brother is José. My mother is named Josefina. She is in
Guatemala with me and my sisters. My father is named Hermengildo. He is in
Vermont with my brother.
VOCABULARY
12
Aunt
Brother
Daughter
Father
Family
Granddaughter
Grandfather
Grandmother
Grandson
La tía
El hermano
La hija
El padre
La familia
La nieta
El abuelo
La abuela
El nieto
How old are you?
Mother
Nephew
Niece
Not yet
Sister
Son
Uncle
Yes, many
¿Cuántos años tiene(s)?
La madre
El sobrino
La sobrina
Todavía no
La hermana
El hijo
El tío
Sí, muchos
Lesson 3: describing people and feelings
13
A: Good morning, Diego. How are you feeling?
B:
Hello, Miguel. I am worried. My sister is sick.
A:
Where is she?
Are you okay?
B:
She’s in New York. She is seven years old.
Is everything all right?
A:
I’m sorry. Is she very sick?
How are you?
B:
I don’t know. I hope not.
A:
I hope not too.
Is there a problem?
Can I help you?
Not
Not very
A little
Very
Extremely
WORRIED
PROUD
HAPPY
SAD
FRUSTRATED
D
CONFIDENT
CONFUSED
CURIOUS
ANGRY
EMBARRASSED
SORRY
TO BE (negative)
Singular
st
13
SURPRISED
LONELY
DISAPPOINTED
TO BE (negative contractions)
Plural
st
Singular
Plural
1 person
I am not
We are not
1 person
I’m not
We’re not
2nd person
You are not
You are not
2nd person
You’re not
You’re not
3rd person
He, she, it is not
They are not
3rd person
He’s, She’s, It’s not
They’re not
Pelé is…
Pele is not…
young.
old.
very strong.
weak.
short.
not very tall.
14
Pelé has short hair. He does not have
long hair.
Opposites
Opposites
Short
Tall
Handsome/Pretty
Ugly
Quiet
Loud
Thin
Fat
Young
Old
Weak
Strong
Small
Large
New
Old
Light
Heavy
Cheap
Expensive
Round
Square
Short
Long
The piano is not small. The piano is very large.
The piano is extremely heavy. The piano is not light.
The piano is expensive. The piano is not cheap.
My name is Susan, and I am from California. I am twenty years old. I am young,
tall, and thin. I am not very loud, but am very quiet. Today I am feeling
extremely lonely and very sad because I left California. I left because I have a
new job in Vermont. My mother and my father are proud because I have a new
job, but I miss them.
VOCABULARY
Are you okay?
Cheap
Expensive
Heavy
I hope not
Large
Light
Long
Miss (someone)
14
¿Estás bien?
Barato/a
Caro/a
Pesado/a
Espero que no
Grande
Ligero/a
Largo/a
Echar de menos
Old
Short
Sick
Small
Strong
Tall
Weak
Young
Viejo/a
Bajo/a
Enfermo/a
Pequeño/a
Fuerte
Alto/a
Débil
Joven
EMOTIONS
Curious
Curioso/a
Proud
Orgulloso/a
Confident
Seguro de sí mismo
Lonely
Solitario/a
Confused
Confundido/a
Disappointed
Decepcionado/a
Sorry
Arrepentirse de
15
Lesson 4: Money
A:
Excuse me, how much is this?
B:
It’s $1.25 (one twenty-five).
A:
And how much is the Coca-Cola?
B:
It’s $1.50 (one-fifty).
A: Thank you.
B
Penny
$1 One Dollar
re
1¢ One Cent
A: Thank you.
Nickel
$5 Five Dollars
5¢ Five Cents
Dime
$10 Ten Dollars
10¢ Ten Cents
Quarter
$20 Twenty Dollars
25¢ Twenty-Five Cents
$1.00 American Dollar = $ 12.90 Pesos Mexicanos (more or less)
$10.00 = $127.80
$20.00 = $255.60
$50.00 = $639.00
A: How much are the avocados?
B: Two dollars.
A: That’s expensive!
B: How much are they in Mexico?
A: I don’t know. Maybe ______ .
B: That’s cheap.
A: Food is expensive here.
15
Plurals of Nouns
avocado
avocados
dollar
dollars
match
matches
six
sixes
Clerk:
That will be $12.95. (Twelve ninety-five or Twelve dollars
and ninety-five cents.)
16
Customer: Here’s $20.00. (Twenty.)
Clerk:
Your change is $7.05. (Seven oh five or Seven dollars and
five cents.)
Customer: Thank you. May I have change for a dollar?
Clerk:
In quarters?
Customer: Yes, please.
Clerk:
Here you go.
Customer: Thanks.
A: Hello, Mariela. What is
your number?
A: Andrew, what is the area
code for Vermont?
B: The area code for my
number is eight-zero-two.
B: The area code is 802 for
all of Vermont. It’s a small
state. Does Mexico have an
area code?
The rest of my number is
four-four-three, six-eightone-nine.
A: Mexico has a country
code. The country code for
Mexico is 52.
A: Like this: (802) 4436819?
B:
Yes, that’s my number!
My name is Sylvia, and I am twenty-five years old. My brother is Javier and he is
seven. We are from Guatemala. Javier is not sad today. He is very happy,
because he has five dollars to buy candy. The candy costs three dollars and fifty
cents ($3.50). He will have a dollar-fifty ($1.50) left.
VOCABULARY
Area code
Avocados
Buy
Candy
Cent
Change
Cheap
16
Código de la zona
El aguacate
Comprar
Dulces
El centavo
El cambio/Las onedas
Barato/a
Country Code
Dollar
Excuse me
Expensive
How much is this?
State
Telephone number
Código del país
El dólar
¡Perdón!
Caro/a
¿Cuánto cuesta(n)?
Estado
Número de teléfono
Lesson 5: In the house
A:
Marcelo, go to the door. Someone is here.
B:
Okay. [Marcelo opens the door]
C:
Hello, my name is Celina. I am the Roberto’s sister.
B:
Nice to meet you.
A:
Hi, Celina. I am very happy that you are here!
17
Possessives
Roberto’s sister =
the sister of Roberto
My sister’s bedroom =
the bedroom of my
sister
Let’s go to the kitchen to make dinner!
Rooms in the house
Living room
Kitchen
Bedroom
Bathroom
Living room
Kitchen
Bathroom
Chair
Counter
Bathtub
Couch
Cupboard
Lamp
Light
Rug
Refrigerator
Table
Sink
Television
Stove
Bedroom
Mirror
Bed
Shower
Closet
Sink
Desk
Toilet
Dresser
Sink
Picture
Rug
TO GO
17
Singular
Plural
1st person
I go
We go
2nd person
You go
You go
3rd person
He, she, it goes
They go
IMPERATIVE
Go
Put
Go to the window
Put the mirror in the bathroom
Put your sister to bed
18
Where is…?
The cat is IN the box.
The cat is ON the box.
The cat is IN FRONT OF the box.
The cat is BESIDE the box.
The cat is UNDER the box.
The cat is BEHIND the box.
The cat is BETWEEN the boxes.
I am Gabriela, and I live in Vermont. I am from Argentina, but I live in Vermont.
I live in a house with my mother, my father, and two sisters. My house is old
and very big. I like the kitchen in my house because it has lots of windows. I
have my own bedroom between my sister’s bedroom and the bathroom. In my
bedroom, I have a small bed, a desk, a rug, and a lamp.
VOCABULARY
Bathroom
Bed
Bedroom
Chair
Desk
Kitchen
Lamp
Living room
Open the door
Oven
18
Cuarto de baño
La cama
El dormitorio
La silla
El escritorio
La cocina
La lámpara
La sala de estar
Abre la puerta
El horno
Refrigerator
Rug
Shower
Sink
Stove
Table
Television
Toilet
Window
La nevera
La alfombra / El tapete
La ducha
El fregadero / El lavabo
La cocina / La estufa
La mesa
La televisión
El váter
La ventana
Lesson 6: Parts of the body
A:
Paulo, are you okay?
B:
I am not so good.
A:
What is wrong?
B:
My arm hurts.
A:
Where does it hurt?
B:
Here. It hurts a lot.
A:
Maybe it is broken.
B:
I need to see the doctor.
A:
Yes, you do. Let’s go.
Parts of the Body
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
12)
13)
Head
Cheek
Forehead
Eye
Nose
Ear
Mouth
Lips
Neck
Chin
Shoulder
Armpit
Chest
Where is your arm?
19
Touch your nose
Is that your knee?
14) Waist
15) Stomach
16) Hips
17) Hand
18) Arm
19) Elbow
20) Fingers
21) Wrist
22) Leg (Calf)
23) Leg (Thigh)
24) Knee
25) Ankle
26) Foot
Touch your foot
Where is your mouth?
19
Do I have?
A: Consuelo and Elena, what is wrong? Where
do you hurt?
Do you have?
C:
My head hurts.
Does he/she/it
have?
E:
And my eyes hurt me.
A:
Do you feel very sick?
Do we have?
Do they have?
20
C: No, I think we are just tired. We will go to bed
soon.
True/False?
1. Do you have two ears?
4. Does a cat have four legs?
2. Do you have three eyes?
5. Do we have two noses?
3. Does your father have three feet?
6. Do you have twelve toes?
What is wrong with
Juana?
What is wrong with
Jorge?
What hurts Juana?
What hurts Jorge?
Juana’s head hurts.
Jorge’s stomach hurts.
What is wrong with Rosa?
What hurts Rosa?
Rosa’s neck hurts.
Hello! I am Josefina, from Peru. I can not go to work today because my son is
sick. My son’s name is Lorenzo. He is in bed. What is wrong with Lorenzo? His
throat hurts him and his head hurts him very much. I am worried, because
Lorenzo is very young.
VOCABULARY
Arm
Broken
Doctor
Ears
Fingers
Go to bed
Go to work
20
El brazo
Quebrado/a
El/La médico/a
Las orejas
Los dedos
Ir a la cama
Ir a trabajar
Hurt
Legs
Move
Shoulder
Sick
Stomach
What is wrong?
Doler
Las piernas
Mover(se)
El hombro
Enfermo/a
El estómago
¿Qué te pasa?
21
Lesson 7: TIME OF DAY
A:
What time is it?
B:
It’s one-thirty in the afternoon.
A:
Already! What time do you get up in the morning?
B:
Very early. Five o’clock.
A:
That is early. Do you go to sleep early too?
B: Yes, because I am very sleepy! I go to sleep after I eat
dinner. Usually I go to sleep at nine-thirty.
What time is it? It is….
… one o’clock.
… eight-thirty.
… half past eight.
6:25
2:47
…six twenty-five.
…twenty-five past six.
21
… two forty-seven.
… five o’clock.
… three fifteen.
… a quarter past three.
10:05
4:50
… ten-oh-five.
… five past ten.
… four-fifty.
…ten till five.
A:
What time is it?
B:
Eight-thirty. Do you want to have dinner?
A:
Eight-thirty! Yes, I’m hungry! And I have to go to sleep soon.
B:
Me too.
A:
Okay. I have enchiladas, okay?
B:
Great, thanks.
Time of Day
Morning
Noon
5:00
a.m.
Afternoon
Night
Midnight
Late
Early
6:00
6:45
(18:45)
22
At five o’clock in
the morning I get
up.
At five-ten I take a shower.
5:10
At five-thirty I eat breakfast.
5:30
At six o’clock I go
to work.
12:00
At six fortyfive I eat
dinner.
At noon I eat
lunch.
At nine-thirty
I go to bed.
9:30
(21:30)
Hi there. I am Ronaldo from Guadalajara, and this is my schedule. At six-fifteen
in the morning, I get up. I take a shower at six twenty, and eat breakfast at sixthirty. At seven o’clock in the morning, I go to work. I work until noon. At
noon, I eat lunch. I come home at five o’clock and eat dinner at seven-thirty. At
ten-thirty I am very sleepy, so I go to bed!
VOCABULARY
22
Afternoon
Already
Clock
Early
Eat breakfast
Eat dinner
Eat lunch
Get up
Go to bed
Go to work
La tarde
Ya
El reloj
Temprano
Tomar el desayuno
Cenar
Almorzar
Levantarse
Acostarse
Ir a trabajar
Late
Midnight
Morning
Night
Noon
Schedule
Take a shower
Until
What time is it?
Tarde
Medianoche
La mañana
La noche
Mediodía
La rutina
Ducharse
Hasta
¿Qué hora es?
Lesson 8: CALENDAR AND SEASONS
A:
Luci, what is the date?
B: Hmmmm … yesterday was the 31st of March, so today is the 1st of
April.
A:
April already! We are in spring, then.
B: Yes, spring begins on March 20th.
A: I hope that the weather is warm now! I am tired of the snow and
cold of winter in Vermont.
Seasons
----------
December
January
February
WINTER
March
SPRING
April
May
June
SUMMER
July
August
September
October
November
FALL
------------YESTERDAY
months
-------------
TODAY
TOMORROW
What Day Is It?
What day is it?
Today is the FIFTH of JANUARY.
23
Today is JANUARY FIFTH .
JANUARY 5
23
Ordinal Numbers
1st first
2nd second
3rd third
4th fourth
5th fifth
6th sixth
7th seventh
8th eighth
9th ninth
10th tenth
11th eleventh
12th twelfth
13th thirteenth
14th fourteenth
15th fifteenth
16th sixteenth
17th seventeenth
18th eighteenth
19th nineteenth
20th twentieth
21 st twenty-first
30th thirtieth
40th fortieth
50th fiftieth
60th sixtieth
70th seventieth
80th eightieth
90th ninetieth
100th one
hundredth
24
A:
Is it summer yet?
B:
Summer begins on June 21st. Today is June 20th.
A:
So summer begins tomorrow!
B: Yes, tomorrow is the first day of summer. Today is the
last day of spring.
Last ------------------ First
TO BE (past tense)
Singular
st
Plural
1 person
I was
We were
2nd person
You were
You were
3rd person
He, she, it was
They were
TO HAVE (past tense)
Singular
Plural
1st person
I had
We had
2nd person
You had
You had
3rd person
He, she, it had
They had
Hello! My name is Maria Marta del Santo. Yesterday was my fifty-fifth birthday.
I am getting so old! Today is the 8th of July. My birthday is always in the summer.
Yesterday I had a birthday party with my children and my grandchildren.
VOCABULARY
24
Birthday
Cold
Date
Day
Fall
First
Last
Snow
Cumpleaños
Frío/a
La fecha
El día
El otoño
Primero/a
Último/a
La nieve
Spring
Summer
Today
Tomorrow
Warm
Weather
Winter
Yesterday
La primavera
El verano
Hoy
Mañana
Templado/a
El tiempo
El invierno
Ayer
Lesson 9: weather and days of the week
A:
Hello, Miguel! Good morning.
B:
Good morning, Rudolfo.
A:
Miguel, what days do you work this week?
B:
Today is Monday. I work Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, and Sunday.
A:
You do not work Tuesday?
B:
Tomorrow? No, I do not work tomorrow. Tomorrow I will sleep late!
What day of the week is today?
What day of the week was yesterday?
Days of the Week
What day will it be tomorrow?
SUNDAY
What is your favorite day of the week? Why?
MONDAY
TUESDAY
TO BE (future)
WEDNESDAY
THURSDAY
Singular
1st person
I will be
We will be
FRIDAY
2nd person
You will be
You will be
SATURDAY
3rd person
He, she, it will be
They will be
A:
What is the weather like today?
B:
It is very rainy, and there are thunderstorms.
A : There is no sun?
25
Plural
B:
No, the weather is cloudy.
A:
This is spring weather!
B:
Yes, it is. I don’t like bad weather.
A:
I know. But soon it will be summer!
25
26
SUN
RAIN
WIND
How is the weather? It’s …
Good
Bad
Cold
Hot
Sunny
Rainy
Warm
Snowing
Cloudy
Clear
Wet
Dry
SNOW
Know
Questions
I know
Who knows?
Do you know?
You know what?
Nobody knows.
Who?
What?
When?
Where?
Why?
A:
What will the weather be like tomorrow?
B:
Who knows? Vermont weather is crazy!
A:
Yes, yesterday was sunny and warm, today was rainy …
B:
Maybe tomorrow there will be snow.
A: I hope not! I will be happy if I do not see snow again until next
winter.
My name is Manuel Martin, and I am going to church. Today is Sunday, and I
take my family to church every Sunday. My wife is happy because the weather
is warm and sunny today. Yesterday the weather was cold and rainy, and my
wife did not want to leave the house. Today summer is here!
VOCABULARY
Bad weather
Church
Cloudy
Cold
Crazy
Dry
Good Weather
Hot
26
Mal tiempo
La iglesia
Nublado/a
Frío/a
Loco/a
Seco/a
Buen tiempo
Caluroso/a
Know
Sleep late
Soon
Thunderstorms
Warm
Week
Wet
Work
Saber
Dormir hasta tarde
Pronto
Tormenta eléctrica
Templado/a
La semana
Mojado/a
Trabajo
27
Lesson 10: FOOD
A:
Carla, it is eight o’clock. It’s time to eat dinner!
B:
Okay, what do you want to cook?
A: My favorite food is rice with beans. It is common to eat rice with
beans in Brazil, where I am from.
B:
Sounds good!
A:
Do we have any salt?
B:
Yes, here it is.
A:
Good. Let’s get started!
Food Groups
Fruit
Vegetables
Meat
Fish
Breads
Milk Products
Sweets
27
Common Foods
Beans
Beef
Butter
Cereal
Cheese
Chicken
Coffee
Eggs
Flour
Juice
Milk
Pasta
Rice
Salt
Soup
Soda
Sugar
Tea
Water
A:
Sergio, what would you like coffee with dinner?
B:
No, thank you mother, I do not like coffee.
A:
Do you like juice?
B:
No, I do not like juice either. I like milk.
28
A: Okay, here is milk. We have fish for dinner
tonight.
TO LIKE
Singular
Plural
1 person
I like
We like
2nd person
You like
You like
3rd person
He, she, it likes
They like
st
What is your favorite food?
TO LIKE (negative)
A: Do you like chicken?
B: Yes! Chicken is my
favorite food. What is your
favorite food?
A: My favorite food is
pasta. I am from Italy!
Singular
Plural
1st person
I don’t like
We don’t like
2nd person
You don’t like
You don’t like
3rd person
He, she, it doesn’t like
They don’t like
B: I don’t like pasta. But I
do like Italian bread.
I am Rosario, and I like sweets and fruit. Anything that has sugar! I don’t like
vegetables very much. When I get up in the morning, I eat cereal, fruit, and
juice. But I want to eat cake!
VOCABULARY
Cake
Chicken
Cook
Dinner
Favorite food
Get started
Good health
Here it is
28
El pastel
El pollo
Cocinar
La cena
Comida preferida
Empezar
Buena salud
Aqui está
I like milk
Let’s get started
Rice with beans
Serving
Sounds good
Sugar
Sweets
Want to
Me gusta la leche
Vamos a empezar
Arroz con frijoles
Servicio
Parece bien
El azúcar
Los dulces
Tenir ganas de
Lesson 11: Grocery shopping I
29
A: Excuse me, please. Where is the milk?
B: The milk is in the dairy aisle.
A: Is the dairy aisle number three?
B: Yes, it is. It is between the meats and poultry aisle
and the frozen foods aisle.
A: Thank you very much!
B: No problem.
AISLE 1
PRODUCE
AISLE 2
MEATS AND
POULTRY
AISLE 5
BAKERY
AISLE 3
DAIRY PRODUCTS
AISLE 6
CANNED GOODS
A: Excuse me. Do you have bean soup?
B: Bean soup? Yes, we do have bean
soup.
It is in the canned goods aisle.
A: Where is that?
B: Aisle 6. Beside the bakery.
A: Thank you very much.
AISLE 4
FROZEN FOODS
AISLE 7
DRINKS
Adjectives
We have fresh apples.
There is brown bread.
They have good pizza.
--------------One fresh apple.
Two fresh apples.
Do you have …?
29
Do you have fresh apples?
o No, we do not have fresh apples. But we have fresh oranges! They are in the produce aisle.
Do you have pizza?
o Yeah, in aisle 4.
Do you have brown bread?
o I’m not sure. Look in the bakery – there might be some brown bread.
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
30
I need some chicken.
I’m sorry, I don’t understand. What do you want?
I want to buy chicken.
Oh, I see. Look in aisle two. We have beef, chicken, and fish.
Are the eggs in aisle two also?
No, the eggs are in aisle three with the dairy products.
Thank you.
I don’t understand.
A: Excuse me, I need some cheese.
B: I don’t understand. Can you repeat that?
A: Where is the cheese?
B: Oh, I understand. It is in the dairy aisle.
Beside the milk.
A: Thank you very much.
Can you repeat that?
Excuse me?
I’m sorry, what did you say?
Speak more slowly, please.
Pardon?
TO NEED
Singular
st
TO WANT
Plural
Singular
st
Plural
1 person
I need
We need
1 person
I want
We want
2nd person
You need
You need
2nd person
You want
You want
3rd person
He, she, it needs
They need
3rd person
He, she, it wants
They want
I am Claudia, and I am grocery shopping. I need to buy food for dinner tonight.
I need to buy rice, beans, beef, and bread. I want to buy some fruit also for
breakfast tomorrow. When I come to the supermarket, I always go first to the
bakery to ask if there is fresh bread. This supermarket has very good fresh
bread!
VOCABULARY
30
Aisle
Bakery
Canned goods
Can you repeat that?
Dairy products
Drinks
Excuse me?
El pasillo
La panadería
La comida enlatada
¿Me puede repetir?
Los productos lácteos
Las bebidas
¿Perdón?
Frozen foods
Go grocery shopping
I don’t understand
Meats and poultry
Produce
Speak more slowly, please .
Supermarket
Las comidas congeladas
Ir al mercado
No entiendo
La carne
Frutas y verduras
Hable más despacio, por
favor.
El supermercado
Lesson 12: Grocery shopping II
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
Excuse me, how much is this bread?
Pardon?
How much does this bread cost?
Three dollars and fifteen cents.
Thank you. And these eggs?
Five twenty.
You mean five dollars and twenty cents?
Yes.
How much is this?
How much does this cost?
What is the price?
One carton of eggs
One six pack of
beer
One carton of milk
One box of cereal
One can of soup
One loaf of bread
31
Ten pounds of meat
Singular
Plural
Near me
This
These
Here
Far from me
That
Those
There
31
A: How much is this beef?
B: It’s $2.39 per pound.
A: There are 4.30 pounds.
B: Then it costs $10.28
A: That is expensive!
B: There is some chicken in the
meat aisle that is not so expensive.
A: I know. But I like beef better.
32
Cashier: Are you ready to
check out?
Rodrigo: Yes, thanks.
Cashier:
$16.53.
Cashier: Is this all?
Marco: Yes, that’s all.
Your total is
Rodrigo: Sixteen dollars
and fifty-three cents?
CASHIER
Cashier: Yes. Do you want
to pay by credit card or cash?
Your total is
Marco:
dollars?
Twenty-three
Cashier:
cents.
And fourteen
Marco:
Okay. Here’s
twenty-five dollars.
Rodrigo: Cash. Here is
twenty dollars.
Cashier: And here is your
change. $3.47.
Cashier:
$23.14.
Cashier: Your change is
$1.86. Have a nice day!
CREDIT CARD
/
CASH
I am Sofia, and I am at the supermarket. I am ready to buy my food. I give the
cashier twenty dollars, and she gives me my change. Today the supermarket
has started carrying mole sauce and posole, like we eat in Mexico. My sister will
be so happy to see that! We both miss the food in Mexico.
VOCABULARY
Box
Can
Carton
Cash
Credit Card
How much is this?
Loaf
32
La caja
La lata
El cartón
El dinero efectivo
La tarjeta de crédito
¿Cuánto cuesta(n)?
Una barra (de pan)
Pay
Pound
Ready
That
These
This
Those
Pagar
La libra
Listo/a
Ese/esa/eso
Aquél/aquella/aquello
Estos/estas
Este/esta/esto
Esos/esas
Aquellos/aquellas
Lesson 13: comparing and measuring
33
A: Ana, which carton of milk will we buy?
B: Well, this carton is bigger and heavier and has more milk.
It is also not as expensive as the other one.
A: The bigger carton of milk is cheaper?
B: Yes, it is one dollar cheaper!
A: Well, we should buy the bigger carton, then, of course!
$3.25
True/False
Coca Cola is cheaper
than water
$2.25
Sample Receipt
SHAW’S
Shaw’s 7519 (802) 388-0930
4/27/10 10:43 7519 04 0039 395
One egg is heavier than
one orange
PRODUCE
Mangos are sweeter
than tomatoes
WT
2.09 lb @ 3.99/lb
ASPARAGUS
8.34 F
SUBTOTAL PRODUCE 8.34
Carrots are healthier
than potato chips
GROCERY
GOYA BLACK BEAN 1.29
SH EVAP MLK .89
COMPARING THINGS…
SUBTOTAL GROCERY 2.18
Comparatives
Superlatives
Heavy
Heavier
Heaviest
Cheap
Cheaper
Cheapest
Small
Smaller
Smallest
DAIRY
MISSN6 WHT CN
1.79
SUBTOTAL DAIRY
1.79
***SUBTOTAL 12.31
***TAX
33
.00
TOTAL 12.31
34
WEIGHT
HEIGHT
1 pound = .45 Kilograms
1 inch = 2.54 centimeters
10 pounds = 4.55 Kilograms
1 foot = 30.5 centimeters / .3 meters
100 pounds = 45.45 Kilograms
10 feet = 3 meters
200 pounds = 90.9 Kilograms
1 mile = 1.6 kilometers
VOLUME
1 pint = .47 liters
1 quarter = .95 liters
1 half-gallon = 1.9 liters
1 gallon = 3.8 liters
160 pounds
55 pounds
5 feet 11 inches
3 feet 6 inches
Comparisons and Superlatives
(more vs. most)
The man is taller than his son. The boy is shorter than his father.
The man is heavier than his son. The boy is lighter than his father.
The man is the tallest. The boy is the shortest.
The man is the heaviest. The boy is the lightest.
I am Clara from Mexico City, and I will go to a party tonight. The party is a
birthday party for my uncle, Alfonso, who will be fifty-two years old. I need to
bring a cake to the party. I go to the grocery store, and see a small round cake
for $5.45 and a larger chocolate cake for $8.95. The round cake is pretty, but the
chocolate cake is prettier. It is the one I will bring to the party.
VOCABULARY
34
Birthday party
Egg
Healthy
Heavy
Height
Light
Of course
Orange
Fiesta de cumpleaños
El huevo
Saludable
Pesado/a
La altura
Ligero/a
Por supuesto
La naranja
Potato chips
Pretty
Round
Sweet
Total
Volume
Water
Weight
Patatas fritas
Bonito/a
Redondo/a
Dulce
Total
El volumen
El agua
El peso
Lesson 14: telephoning
A: Vermont 911. Where is your emergency?
B: 527 Mansfield Road in Burton.
A: What is your emergency?
B: There’s a fire.
A: Where is it?
B: Here, in my house. I can’t stop it.
A: Get everyone out of the house and move to a safe distance. The fire
department will be there in about ten minutes.
(For more, see Appendix F: Calling 911)
EMERGENCY NUMBER
(for all emergencies)
EMERGENCIES
POLICE
FIRE
AMBULANCE
911
Saying phone numbers
Area code (802) –
263 – 1868
You can say each number individually, or the last 4 digits in pairs
“eight-zero-two / two-six-three / one-eight-six-eight”
“eighteen sixty-eight”
Leaving a Message on an Answering Machine
Machine: Hello, you have reached the Thurstons. We can’t come to the
phone right now, but at the tone, please leave your message. BEEP!
Message 1: Hi, this is Luis. The heifers got out. I am going over to help
Antonio.
Message 2: This is Manuelita. It’s Monday at nine-thirty. Please call me
back as soon as possible. My number is 472-1338. Thank you.
35
35
Using a prepaid phone card
A: Hello?
B: Hello, may I speak to Mark?
A: Just a minute…. Sorry, he’s not here.
May I take a message?
B: Yes. Can you tell him that I am sick? I
cannot work tomorrow.
A: Okay, I will give him the message.
B: Thank you.
A: Bye.
B: Goodbye.
36
1. Dial the number on the
back of the card.
2. Press “2” for Spanish
instructions.
3. Enter Pin number.
4. Follow instructions to dial
the number.
Don’t forget the country code!
(52 for Mexico)
5. Listen for amount of money
left on the card..
Phone Talk (Answering)
Phone Talk (Calling)
Hello, may I help you?
May I speak to …?
One moment, please.
Can I speak to …?
Just a minute.
I’d like to speak with …
He/She is not here.
May I please speak with …?
May I take a message?
I am calling because …
Would you like him/her to
Could you please give him a
message?
call you back
I am Jeronimo, and I am going to buy a calling card at the supermarket. I need a
calling card to call my family. My family lives in Jalisco, Mexico. I will call them
every Sunday with the calling card. I only use the phone to call to Mexico, or if I
have an emergency. If there is an emergency, like a fire or an accident, I do not
need a calling card. I will just dial 911.
VOCABULARY
Answering machine
Calling card
Call me back
Emergency
Fire
I am calling because…
36
El contestador automático
La tarjeta pre-pago
Devuélvame la llamada
La emergencia
El fuego
Llamo porque…
In trouble
Leave a message
May I speak to …?
One moment, please
Safe distance
You have reached
En dificultades
Dejar algún mensaje
Podría hablar con …?
Un momento, por favor
Una distancia segura
Usted ha llegado a…
Lesson 15: in town I
A: Marco, are you going to town today?
B: Yes, the patrón is going to drive us to the store. I need to buy a
calling card and some food. Do you want to come?
A: No, I’m going to stay in the house today. Tomorrow I’ll go to church
in town. Mrs. Wilson is giving me a ride.
B: All right. See you later!
PARTS OF A HOUSE
ROOF
CHIMNEY
WINDOW
PORCH
YARD
BALCONY
FRONT DOOR
A: Alejandra, tell me about your house in Mexico.
B: My house in Mexico? Well, it was small and brown with a red roof.
A: Did you live in town or in the country?
B: In town. But we had a big garden with avocado trees.
A: Do you have a garden in Vermont?
B: A little one. We grow tomatoes and peppers. But the summer is
very short here and we do not have much time to garden.
37
37
Places in Town
38
1. I go to church every Sunday to pray.
2. At the supermarket I buy food and drinks. I also send money home to Mexico at the
supermarket.
3. The post office is where I can send letters.
4. The bank is where I can put my money.
5. My children go to the school in town.
6. If I am sick, I will go to the hospital. The hospital is a place for emergencies.
7. The police station is also a place for emergencies. The police keep the neighborhood safe.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
TO GO (present progressive)
6.
7.
Singular
Plural
1st person
I am going
We are going
2nd person
You are going
You are going
3rd person
He, she, it is going
They are going
Today I need to go to town. I am going to go to the supermarket and buy milk
and eggs. At the supermarket I will also send money to my family in Mexico City.
Then I am going to the post office to send a letter to my girlfriend in Mexico. Her
name is Rosana. I call her every week, but she likes letters too. That way I can
send pictures.
VOCABULARY
38
Balcony
Bank
Chimney
Country
Front door
Garden
Give a ride
I can/can’t
El balcón
El banco
La chimenea
El campo
La puerta de entrada
El jardín
Darle un aventón
Puedo/no puedo
Police station
Porch
Post office
Roof
School
Town
Window
Yard
La comisaría
El porche
El correo
El techo
La escuela
El pueblo
La ventana
El patio
Lesson 16: TOWN AND CITY
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
Miguel, we have no school today!
No school? Let’s go to the movies!
Do you think Mom and Dad will let us go?
It does not matter.
Why not?
Because Mom and Dad are at work. They won’t know!
I don’t know. They always find out.
VILLAGE
39
Let’s/Let
Let’s go to town.
Mom won’t let us buy candy.
Let’s bake a cake, then.
Will she let you bake a cake?
Let’s ask her and see.
TOWN
CITY
True/False
I live in a city.
A: Where did you go last night?
A village is smaller than a town.
B: I went to Walmart with Julio to buy
some new boots.
I like cities more than towns.
A town is busier than a city.
A: You did? Not with Roberto?
A village is quieter than a city.
When I am older, I want to live in a village.
B: Roberto went to visit his cousin.
A: Oh, I see.
People are friendlier in cities.
People are friendlier in the country.
TO GO (past)
Singular
st
TO GO (past negative)
Plural
Singular
st
1 person
I went
We went
1 person
2nd person
You went
You went
2nd person You didn’t go
You didn’t go
3rd person
He, she, it went
They went
3rd person
They didn’t go
39
I didn’t go
Plural
He, she, it didn’t go
We didn’t go
A: Excuse me, how do I get to the post office from the school?
B: Walk straight until you reach a stop sign. Turn right after the stop sign.
Continue straight three blocks, which will take you through a neighborhood.
When you see a white church on your right, turn left. Walk half a block, and
the post office will be on your left.
40
On the street
Street
SCHOOL
Curb
Stop Sign
Sidewalk
Stoplight
POST OFFICE
Traffic
Crosswalk
STORES: WHERE DO I GO?
I need to buy a hammer and some nails.
Hardware store
I want to buy a new dress
Clothing store
I want to buy food for dinner.
Supermarket
I need shampoo and toothpaste
Drugstore
I am Rafaela, and I am going to the drugstore to buy some medicine for my cold.
I didn’t go to the drugstore yesterday, but I went to the supermarket instead.
But today I have a bad cough and sore throat, and I want to buy Tylenol to help
me feel better. I will have to walk into town, because the drugstore is on Main
Street in the center of town.
VOCABULARY
Block
City
Clothing Store
Crosswalk
Curb
Drugstore/farmacía
Find out
40
La cuadra
La ciudad
La tienda de ropa
El cruce peatonal
El bordillo
Tienda de edicamentos
y cosméticos
Descubrir
Let’s/let
Sidewalk
Stoplight
Stop sign
Street
Town
Traffic
Village
Vamonos/Dejar
La acera
El semáforo
El señal de stop
La calle
El pueblo
El tráfico
La aldea
41
Lesson 17: in the country
A: Hey, John! Are there many farms like ours in Vermont?
B: There are about one thousand farms in Vermont. There
used to be many more.
A: How do you know?
B: My grandfather told me. He told me that there were many
sheep farms, but now there are mostly dairy farms.
A: What is a dairy farm?
B: A farm like ours, with cows.
A: I see.
Vermont has mountains down the middle called the Green Mountains.
The tallest is Mount Mansfield. There is one big lake, Lake Champlain. It is
110 miles long. Some people think that a sea monster lives in it, but no one has ever seen it.
Its name is Champ.
Vermont touches three other states: New York, to the west; New Hampshire,
to the east; and Massachusetts, to the south.
Between Vermont and New Hampshire is the Connecticut River. It is 410 miles
long. It goes all the way down to Long Island Sound, near New York City.
41
42
Vermont Landmarks
Barn
Mountains
Silo
Hay
Field/Pasture
Fence
See / Look
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
Look, Mario, do you see that big barn over there?
No, I only see the silo.
You’re looking in the wrong direction. Over this way!
Oh, I see it now! Hey, look at the bull.
Where?
Beside the barn.
I can’t see him.
Me either. He went away.
My name is Carolina. I live in a small town in Vermont. The name of the town is
Ripton. Ripton is in the Green Mountains of Vermont. There are many trees
and rivers around my town, and it is very far from a city. In Mexico, I lived in big
city with many people and buildings. I like my home here in Vermont – it is very
quiet, but sometimes I miss the excitement and activity of the city.
VOCABULARY
42
Barn
Dairy Farm
Excitement
Farm
Fence
Field
Hay
Lake
Look
El granero / el establo
La vaquería
Excitación
El rancho
El cerco
El campo
El heno
El lago
Mirar
Mountains
Pasture
River
Sea Monster
See
Silo
States
Trees
Las montañas
Los pastos
El río
El monstruo del mar
Ver
El silo
Los estados
Los árboles
Lesson 18: giving directions
43
A: Excuse me. How do I get to the bank?
B: I don’t understand. Can you repeat that?
A: Where is the bank?
B: Walk one block straight, turn right and walk two blocks.
The bank is on the left.
A: Is it very far?
B: No, it’s very near. It will take you five minutes to get there.
A: Thank you very much.
North
West
TURN LEFT
East
TURN RIGHT
South
GO STRAIGHT
DISTANCE
One block
.5 mile = .8 kilometers
1 mile = 1.6 kilometers
10 miles = 16 kilometers
43
A: Vermont 911. Where is your emergency?
B: In Nesfield.
A: I need your address.
B: It’s on Quarry Road. I don’t know the
number.
A: Can you give directions?
B: Yes, you go to the white church in town
and go left. The first right is Quarry Road. My
house is the third house on the right. It is
white with red shutters and there’s a black
truck in the driveway.
44
A:
Where do you live?
B:
On Brook Road.
A:
Where is that?
B:
If you are coming from town, go west on Route 15. Go for 5 miles,
past the sawmill and Crossroads Store. Then take a left on Taplin
Hill Road. After about a mile, there’s a farm on your right with a
big red barn. Just after the farm, turn right onto Fairground Road.
Then, at the bottom of the hill, go left onto Brook Road. I’m at
Number 275. It’s a gray house with red shutters.
Taplin Hill Road
TOWN
Route 15
Fairground Road
Brook Road
Giving directions in the
country can be complicated.
Think of places people will
see, like a barn or gas station,
a school or a bridge.
Describe the color of your
house. How big is it? What is
near it? How much time
does it take to get to your
house from different places?
My name is Sergio, and I am walking to the supermarket. It is so far! Almost two
miles. I leave my house and walk straight down the street until I get to the
church. I turn left at the church and walk for thirty minutes until I get to Cherry
Street. The supermarket is on the left. I think I will need to buy new shoes after
so much walking!
VOCABULARY
Bridge
Close
Directions
Far
How do I get to …?
How much time does
it take…?
Left
44
El puente
Cerca
Las indicaciones
Lejos
¿Cómo llego a …?
¿Cuánto tiempo demora…?
La izquierda
Near
Place
Right
Straight
Think
Turn
Where is …?
Cerca
El lugar/sitio
El derecho
Recto/a
Pensar
Girar / doblar
¿Dónde está…?
Lesson 19: health I
45
Doctor: Hello, Marcela. Why are you at the doctor’s office today?
Marcela: Hello, Doctor. My stomach hurts.
Doctor:
When did your stomach ache begin?
Marcela: Two days ago.
Doctor:
Does it hurt a lot?
Marcela: Yes, a lot.
Doctor:
Are you vomiting?
Marcela: No, it just hurts.
Doctor:
Does it hurt when I press here?
Marcela: Ow! Yes!
Symptoms
Do you have a …?
Fever
Headache
Are you …?
Nauseous
Dizzy
Sore Throat
Cough
A stomach virus
Do you have a …?
Cough
Sore Throat
Stuffy Nose
Runny nose
Headache
A cold
How often do you….? (Expressions of Frequency)
45
The flu
Tired
Vomiting
Do you have …?
Diarrhea
Constipation
Nausea
Vomiting
Never
Rarely
Sometimes
Often
Usually
Always
Every day
Ev
It sounds like you
have …
Since October
For the past 3 weeks
Since last week
Once a week
2 days ago
Since yesterday
Today
Doctor:
Good morning, Arturo. What is wrong?
Arturo:
I am very tired, dizzy, and my throat hurts.
Doctor:
Let me take your temperature. Yes, you have a fever.
Arturo, I think you have the flu.
Arturo:
Will I get better soon?
Doctor:
In a few days.
Arturo:
But I have to work.
Doctor:
You will get sicker if you don’t rest. You need to sleep
and drink a lot of water. If your fever isn’t gone in two days, please
call the office.
46
Doctor: What hurts, Héctor?
Héctor: My foot hurts. I hurt it playing soccer.
Doctor: When did you do it?
Héctor: Two days ago.
Doctor: Can you move it?
Hector: No! Ouch!
Doctor: Let me have a look. Yes, I think you
need an X-ray.
Auxiliary verb CAN + infinitive (move)
Singular
CAN (negative) + infinitive (move)
Plural
Singular
Plural
1st person
I can move
We can move
1st person
I can’t move
We can’t move
2nd person
You can move
You can move
2nd person
You can’t move
You can’t move
3rd person
He, she, it can move They can move
3rd person
He, she, it can’t move They can’t move
(See
My name is Enrique, and I am sick today. I do not have a fever, so I don’t think I
have the flu. But I have a runny nose and a cough, so I must have a cold. I
started to feel sick yesterday. Today I will drink lots of water and sleep. If I take
care of myself, I will feel much better tomorrow!
VOCABULARY
Always
Begin
Dizzy
Doctor
Doctor’s office
Have a cold
Flu
46
Siempre
Empezar
Mareado/a
El medico/la médica
El consultorio
Estar resfriado/a
El gripe
Hurt
Nauseous
Never
Once
Since
Tired
Virus
See Appendix C: Health Vocabulary for more health words
Doler
Sentir nauseas
Nunca
Una vez
Desde
Cansado/a
El virus
Lesson 20: health II
Receptionist:
Manolo:
Receptionist:
Manolo:
Receptionist:
Manolo:
Receptionist:
47
Good afternoon. Do you have an appointment?
No, but I need to see the doctor.
I’m sorry, but you need to make an appointment.
But I am very sick.
I’m sorry, but you will have to go to the emergency room.
Isn’t there a walk-in clinic?
That’s only on Saturdays. I’m very sorry.
Are you sure …? (Levels of certainty)
I don’t know.
Maybe.
RECEPTIONIST
PATIENT
APPOINTMENT
It’s possible.
I think so.
Probably.
I’m sure.
I’m positive!
DOCTOR
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
47
A:
MEDICINE
Doctor Jones’ office, could you hold, please?
Okay . . .
Yes, how may I help you?
I would like to make an appointment.
Are you a patient of Dr. Jones?
Excuse me?
Have you been to Dr. Jones’ office before?
No, I am new here.
We don’t have anything until next month, I’m sorry.
Is there somewhere else I can go?
I believe that Dr. Carrier is taking new patients.
Do you have his phone number?
Yes, just a minute … It’s ______________
“I want to make an
appointment”
Polite form:
“I would like to make an
appointment”
“Give me a message.”
Polite form:
“May I take a message?”
See Appendix C: Health
Vocabulary and Forms
for more information
Doctor: Hi, Paula. How are you today?
Paula: I am not feeling so well. I am very tired lately, and I have a high fever.
I cannot eat or drink anything.
Doctor: For how long?
Paula: Since yesterday.
Doctor: Do you have nausea?
Paula: No.
Doctor: A headache?
Paula: Yes.
Doctor: Sore throat?
Paula: No.
Doctor: Do you have a history of any medical problems?
Paula: It’s possible … in Mexico, I went to the hospital once because I was so dizzy.
Doctor: Does anyone in your family have medical problems?
Paula: My father has diabetes.
Doctor. Okay. Thank you, Paula. I am going to do some tests now to figure out
what the problem is.
48
Helpful Phrases
I’m sorry, I don’t understand.
Could you repeat that, please?
Is there anyone here who speaks Spanish?
Do you have an interpreter?
I don’t speak English very well.
My name is Lucelia Natali Córdova, and I am in the doctor’s office. I am here
because my head hurts a lot. This headache started a week ago, and it is very
bad. The doctor did tests on me and said that the problem is with my eyes – I
do not see very well. The doctor said that if I wear eyeglasses, my headache will
go away. I hope I can get an appointment with the eye doctor soon.
VOCABULARY
Anyone
Appointment
Interpreter?
Emergency room
For how long?
Maybe
Medical problems
Medical tests
48
Alguien
Una cita
El intérprete
Sala de urgencias
¿Por cuánto tiempo?
Quizás / Tal vez
Los problemas médicos
Los exámenes médicos
Medicine
Patient
Polite form
Positive
Probably
Receptionist
Since
Walk-in clinic
La medicina / El remedio
El/la paciente
Forma de cortesía
Seguro/a
Probablemente
El/la recepcionista
Desde
Consultorio sin cita
Lesson 21: at the dentist
49
Dentist: Good morning, Rodrigo. So what’s going on?
Rodrigo: Good morning. I am here because my tooth hurts a lot.
Dentist: When did it begin to hurt?
Rodrigo: Two months ago.
Dentist: That is a long time to wait!
Rodrigo: I know, but it was so difficult to get an appointment.
Dentist: Okay, let me look at your teeth. You might have a cavity. You
know that you should brush your teeth two times a day …
Rodrigo: Yes, yes, I know.
Taking Care of your Teeth
1.
2.
3.
4.
Carlotta brushes her teeth twice a day.
Carlotta flosses her teeth twice a day.
Carlotta doesn’t eat a lot of sugar.
Carlotta goes to the dentist once a year.
A: Celio, what is wrong?
B: My tooth hurts a lot. It hurts when I eat,
when I drink, when I smile …
A: You must go to the dentist!
B: I know, but it is impossible to get a dentist’s
appointment.
A: It is difficult, but it is not impossible. What
dentist do you know?
B: Dr. Mather. But he has no time.
A: Okay, try to get an appointment with Dr.
Green. His number is …………………………
49
How hard is it?
(Levels of Difficulty)
Easy
Not too hard
Hard, Difficult
Impossible
50
Dr. Green:
Celio:
Dr. Green:
Dr. Green:
Celio:
Dr. Green:
Celio:
Dr. Green:
Celio:
Dr. Green:
Celio:
Dr. Green:
Hello, Celio. I don’t think I know you.
No, but my friend Claudio knows you, and he gave me your number.
Ahh yes, Claudio. We met last year when he came to the dentist.
Do you know what your problem is, Celio?
No. I only know that my tooth hurts a lot when I eat and drink.
Okay, let me see … Is it here?
Ouch!
I will take an x-ray, but I think you will need a filling.
Will it hurt?
No, I will give you a shot first to make your mouth numb.
Will that hurt?
Just a little prick.
Introductory Phrases
I am afraid that it will hurt.
I hope that it won’t hurt.
I don’t know if I want to go to the dentist.
I don’t think that I like dentists.
I think that they charge too much money.
I feel sorry for dentists because everyone is afraid of them.
I am Luis, and I need to go to the dentist. I think I have a cavity, because when I
eat cold things it hurts a lot. But I am afraid that it will cost a lot of money. My
neighbor Conseja said there is a place in Burlington where it doesn’t cost so
much. I will try to find the number.
VOCABULARY
50
Brush teeth
Cavity
Dentist
Difficult
Drink
Easy
Filling
Floss teeth
Cepillarse los dientes
La caries
El/la dentista
Difícil
Beber
Fácil
El empaste
Limpiar con seda dental
Hard
Impossible
Numb
Prick
Smile
Tooth/teeth
Will it hurt?
X-ray
Difícil
Imposible
Entumecido/a
Pinchar
Sonreír
Los dientes / el diente
¿Me va a lastimar?
La radiografía
Lesson 22: Pharmacy
51
A: Hello. May I help you?
B: I am looking for a medicine for stomach pains.
A: Do you have a prescription?
B: Excuse me? I don’t understand.
A: Did you go to the doctor’s and get a prescription?
B: Oh, I see. I did not go to the doctor.
A: Okay, then I can give you an over-the-counter medicine. I will show you the
best medicines for stomach pains. But if it keeps bothering you, you should see
a doctor.
B: Thank you.
Prescription medicine: A medicine that the doctor writes permission for.
You give the prescription to the pharmacist.
Over-the-counter medicine: Medicine you can buy without a prescription.
Types of medicine
MEDICINE LABEL
Active Ingredients: What is in the medicine
Pills
Potential Side Effects: Things that can happen
when you take the medicine
Uses: Symptoms that the medicine can make better
Warnings: Instances when you should not use the
medicine
Directions: How to use the medicine
Liquid
Some Pharmacy Aisles
Topical
51
Hair and Skin Care
Baby Products
Antacids, Laxatives
Feminine Needs
Cough, Cold, Allergy
Cards
First Aid
Household Items
A: Hello. May I help you?
B: Yes, here’s my prescription.
A: Okay, it will be about ten minutes… Let’s see. Your doctor prescribed
Digoxin. Do you know how to use this medicine?
B: No.
A: It comes in pills. You need to take two pills a day, one in the morning,
and one at night. Always take the pills with food. Do you understand?
B: Yes.
A: There are no refills. If you need more, you will have to go back to
your doctor.
B:
Okay.
A:
Here is a label that explains how to take the medicine. Be careful to
keep this away from your children! It can be poisonous.
B:
Thank you. I understand.
IMPERATIVE
52
BE CAREFUL!
Take two pills.
Be careful.
Don’t leave this around.
POISON
Close cap tightly.
Keep it out of reach of children.
I am Gina, and I am going to the pharmacy today for medicine because I have a
headache. I do not have a prescription, but I want to buy an over-the-counter
medicine. I think that medicine for headaches comes in pills, which I can take
with water. I must be careful to keep the pills away from my daughter because
she might think they are candy and eat them.
VOCABULARY
52
Bother
Directions
Ingredients
Liquid
Over-the-counter
Pharmacy
Pills
Poison
Molestar
Las instrucciones
Los componentes
Líquido
Sin receta médica
La farmacia
Las pastillas
Veneno
Poisonous
Potential side effects
Prescription
Refill
Symptoms
Topical medicine
Uses
Warnings
Venenoso/a
Efectos secundarios potenciales
Receta
Repuesto de medicamento
Los síntomas
Medicamento de contacto
Usos
Avisos
Lesson 23: post office
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
Hi, how can I help you?
I want to mail this box home.
Okay, where are you sending it to?
Mexico.
Do you have anything fragile, liquid or flammable in the box?
Excuse me?
Is there anything that can break, spill, or catch on fire in the box?
No.
Any insurance or delivery confirmation?
No, thank you.
Okay, that will be $10.40.
Letter
Stamp
A: Hello, I need some stamps.
B: First class?
A: For letters.
B: A first class stamp in the U.S. is
$0.44. (44 cents)
A: I need to send this letter to
Mexico.
B: A letter to Mexico is $0.79. (79
cents)… Okay, out of $1.00. Your
change is $0.21. (21 cents). Have a
nice day.
A: You too.
53
53
Package
Mailbox
Mailman
Marcos Lopez
253 Apple Tree Road
Vergennes, VT 05491
Josefina Lopez
Rio Mayo 105
Col. del Valle
Monterrey, N.L.
C.P. 65000
A: Someone is at the door.
B: I’ll go see who it is.
Mailman: Hello. Is this the Ortiz house?
B: Yes, I am Antonio Ortiz.
Mailman: I have a package here for you.
B: A package?
Mailman: Yes, a box from Mexico for Antonio and Carla Ortiz. If you’ll please sign your
name here.
B: Thank you. Carla, look what the mailman brought. I hope it’s the spices from my
mother.
54
Future with auxiliary verb WILL
with infinitive (go)
Singular
st
Plural
Word Game
1 person
I will go
We will go
2nd person
You will go
You will go
B: Me!
He, she, it will go
They will go
A: You’ll go?
rd
3 person
A: Who’ll go?
B: I’ll go!
A: You sure?
with contractions
Singular
B: I’m sure! You’ll come
too?
Plural
1st person
I’ll go
We’ll go
2nd person
You’ll go
You’ll go
3rd person
He’ll, she’ll, it’ll go
They’ll go
A: Yes, I’ll come too.
B: We’ll go together,
then!
My name is Ramona, and I am writing a letter to my mother in Panama. She
misses me very much, and she’ll be excited to hear about my life in the United
States. I’ll take the letter to the post office tomorrow to mail to her, because I
think it’ll take a long time for the letter to arrive in Panama. She’ll be so happy
to see this letter in the mail!
VOCABULARY
Box
Delivery confirmation
Envelope
First class stamp
Flammable
Fragile
Insurance
54
La caja
Confirmación de entrega
El sobre
Estampilla que garantiza
una rápida entrega
Inflamable
Frágil
El seguro
Liquid
Mailman
Open
Package
Sign your name
Spices
Stamp
Líquido
Correo/Echar al correo
El cartero
Abrir
El paquete
Firmar
Las especias
El sello / la estampilla
Lesson 24: wiring money
A: Hi, welcome to Western Union. How can I help you?
B: I need to wire money.
A: Where to?
B: To Chihuahua, Mexico. The Bank is Santander.
A: I need to know the account number at Santander.
B: The account number is __________________.
A: Thank you. And how much money do you want to wire?
B: $200. Here is the money.
A: Thank you, and here is your receipt. The money should be
arriving in Chihuahua right now.
To and From
From Vermont
From me
From the beginning
to Mexico
to the end
Is there..?
There is…
Are there…?
There are…
to you
There’s…
There isn’t…
There aren’t…
1. Is there a place in town to wire money to Mexico?
a. Yes, there is.
b. No, there isn’t a place in this town, but there is in the next
town.
2. Are there banks in Mexico that accept money from the United
States?
a. Yes, there are many banks that accept U.S. money
3. Are there safe ways to send lots of money through the mail?
55
a. There aren’t safe ways to send money through the mail. It
is best to wire the money.
55
A: Sylvia, I need your help.
B: What is wrong?
A: My father called me and said that my sister is very sick in Guatemala.
They need me to send them money for the doctor and her medicines.
B: You can wire money home. That is the fastest way.
A: How do I do that?
B: You can go to Western Union in Shaw’s supermarket. They will send
money to your parents’ bank in Guatemala.
A: Is it difficult?
B: No, it is very easy. You just need to know your parents’ account
number.
A: Is it expensive?
B: Not too much. Western Union charges you $10 to wire money.
56
A: Hi Mom, this is Pablo. Did you receive
the money I sent you?
Money Wiring Vocabulary
Bank account
B: No, not yet.
Account number
A: You have to go to the bank to pick it
up. I wired the money to your bank
account. Do you know your bank
account number?
Amount
Wiring fee
Receipt
B: Yes.
Arrival date
A: Well, visit the bank tomorrow. The
money should be there already.
I am Pamela, and I need to send money home to my family. I was going to send
the money through the mail, but my friend told me that was not safe. Someone
could steal it. I need to go to Western Union tomorrow to wire the money
home. This way, I will be sure that it arrives in Mexico and my family receives it.
VOCABULARY
56
Account number
Amount
Arrival date
Arrive
Bank Account
From
Help
How can I help you?
Número de la cuenta bancaria
La suma
Fecha de llegada
Llegar
Cuenta bancaria
De
Ayudar
¿Qué desea?
Receipt
Safe
Steal
There is/are
To
Wire money
Wiring fee
What is wrong?
El recibo
Seguro/a
Robar
Hay
A/Hacia
Transferir dinero
Tarifa para transferor dinero
¿Qué te pasa?
Lesson 25: Animals
57
A: Look, Raul! Something has been in the grain again!
B: Yeah, I see. Maybe we can find its tracks.
A: You mean, in the snow? Hey, look! Here are some!
B: Whatever it is had five toes, two small front feet and two long back feet.
A: A cat, maybe?
B: I don’t think cats eat grain. Maybe a raccoon. Mark from the vet told me that
there are a lot of raccoons in Vermont. He showed me some tracks by the trash
bin.
A: Well, we will have to be more careful with the grain tonight!
Vermont Wild Animals
The bear lives in the
woods and sleeps during
the winter.
The deer eats grass and
tree leaves.
57
Vermont Domestic Animals
The cow provides milk.
The horse is used for
logging and hauling sap
for maple syrup.
The raccoon will steal
food and eat almost
anything!
The chicken lays eggs and
provides meat.
The birds fly south in the
winter.
The sheep has wool that
is used to make clothes
and blankets.
The porcupine has sharp
quills.
The goat provides milk
which is used to make
cheese.
The fisher climbs trees
and is very fierce.
The cat has a long
tail and catches
mice.
The fox likes to eat
chickens.
The dog barks and guards
the house.
The squirrel lives in trees
and eats nuts.
Animal Words
The moose is very big and
slow.
58
Antler
Hair
Beak
Horns
Claw
Hoof
Feather
Paw
Fur
Tail
True / False
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Palabras por Animales
Santiago has two hoofs.
The cow has four hands.
Cats have long tails.
Horses have fur.
My neighbor has two paws.
Antlers
Los cuernos
Hair
El pelo
Beak
El pico
Horns Los cuernos
Claw
La zarpa/garra Hoof
El casco
Feather La pluma
Paw
La pata
Fur
Tail
El rabo/la cola
El pelo/pelaje
I am Silvia, and I am going to bring home a kitten today! My neighbor’s cat had a
litter of kittens, and my neighbor said I could choose one. Here in the United
States, it is very common to keep animals as pets. The most popular pets are
dogs, cats, horses, and birds. People spend a lot of money on them. One woman
even left millions of dollars to her dog when she died! My kitten will be useful,
because she will help catch mice around the house!
VOCABULARY
Be careful
Cheese
Climb
Domestic
Fierce
Fly
Grain
Kitten
58
Tenga cuidado
El queso
Trepar / Escalar
Doméstico/a
Feroz
Volar
El grano/cereal
El/la gatito/gatita
Logging
Pet
Provide
Quills
Steal
Tracks
Wild
Wool
La tala
El animal doméstico
Proveer
Las plumas
Robar
Las huellas
Salvaje
El llano
Lesson 26: Cows
59
A: How many cows are there at your farm?
B: We have nine hundred now.
A: Nine hundred!
B: Yes, it’s a lot. But we have to have that many to be able
to make money.
A: Do you milk twice a day?
B: No, three times. Every eight hours.
A: In the middle of the night?
B: Yes. We have to. It’s not like the old days.
A: No, I guess not.
Many parts of the body are the same for
animals as for people, but some are
different. Here are some for cows:
Cow
Once.
Bull
Twice.
Heifer
Three times
Calf
Four times, etc.
Horn
Kind of sick.
Sleepy.
Udder
Tail
Very well.
A: Could you please clean the bulk tank
after the milk truck comes? There’s going
to be an inspection this afternoon.
B: Do you want me to flush out the lines?
Teats
(Nipple)
Hoof
A: This cow is sick. She isn’t eating.
And she has diarrhea.
B: Did you take her temperature?
A: No, but I will.
B: If she has a fever you should tell the
patron.
59
A: Maybe later, if there’s time.
B: Okay.
60
A: These black and white cows are
Holsteins. The tan ones with the
darker coloring on their spines and
faces are Jerseys.
B: I like Jerseys better. I can be
friends with a Jersey. I think the
Holsteins are all crazy.
A: You do? Why?
B: There was a Jersey on my old
farm. She gave more cream than
any cow I ever saw.
A: But that’s why we can’t have all
Jerseys. We need cows with higher
milk content.
Although the number of dairy farms has gone way down, the amount of milk produced has not. Milk
production per cow has risen. In 1991, a milk cow in New England produced a little less than 15,000 pounds
per year. By 2000, average annual production per cow in New England rose to just under 17,500 pounds per
year.
In Vermont, people say that there used to be more cows than people. Now there
are over 600,000 people and about 150,000 cows. That’s four people for every
cow. In 1950 there were more than 11,000 dairy farms in the state. Now there
are just a few over one thousand. Without workers from Mexico and Guatemala
and other places, the dairy farms in Vermont would not survive.
VOCABULARY
60
Average (adj)
Bulk tank
Bull
Calf
Cow
Cream
Heifer
If there’s time
Mediano/a
El depósito / tanque
El toro
El/la ternero/a, becerro/a
La vaca
La cream de leche
La vaquilla
Si queda tiempo
Inspection
Later
Middle of the night
Milk (verb)
Milk truck
Survive
Teats
Udder
La inspección
Luego
La mitad de la noche
Ordeñar
Camión de leche
Sobrevivir
Las tetillas
La ubre
Lesson 27: jobs
61
Emilio: Dan, can I talk to you for a minute?
Dan:
Sure. What’s up?
E:
I would like to talk about my hours.
D:
You’re working the 3 a.m. to 6 p.m. shift.
E:
Yes. But Maria is working from 4 p.m. to midnight, so we never get
to see each other.
D:
The problem is, who could move to your shift?
E:
Maria could work with me and Jorge could have her hours.
D:
Is he okay with that? He won’t have as many hours.
E:
He said it’s okay for a month or two.
D:
Fine, then. We’ll try it and see how it goes.
My job is …
Easy
Satisfying
Fun
Enjoyable
All right
Boring
Challenging
Difficult
Awful
All of the above
My name is Julia, and I am a doctor.
My work is satisfying, because I help people who are
sick, but sometimes it is difficult, when they do not
get better.
My name is Sergio, and I am a farmer.
My work is challenging, because I have to wake up
early and work outside in the cold all winter.
My name is Clara, and I am a teacher.
My work is enjoyable, because I like to help children
learn. It can be frustrating, though, when I have too
many students in my classroom.
Work Words
61
Schedule
Hours
Pay
Hourly Wage
Minimum Wage
Taxes
Social Security
Raise
Paycheck
My name is Mario, and I am retired. I was a banker.
My work was boring. I created bank accounts for
people and counted money. I want to work in my
garden now.
Auxiliary Verbs Would and
Could
I would like to go shopping.
I could take you tomorrow.
62
Juanito:
Hey, Sandro, how’s it going?
Sandro:
Okay, I’m just tired.
Juanito:
You are working too many hours.
Sandro:
I have to. I need the money.
Juanito:
I would like to take a vacation.
Sandro:
Me too. But the cows don’t take a vacation, so how can we?
Juanito:
Maybe they would like a vacation too.
Sandro:
Then they would have a vacation from eating. They wouldn’t
like that.
Juanito:
No, me either.
Auxiliary verbs Have to, Need to, Should
I have to go to work today. I have no other choice.
I need to go to the bank soon, because I need to open a
bank account.
I should send money home to my family. It is the right
thing to do.
I am Adalia, and my husband Daniel works on a farm in Bristol, Vermont. I was
there with him for a year, but then I needed to come back to Mexico. My
mother couldn’t take care of our children anymore, because she got sick. I want
to be a teacher but I don’t have time to go back to school for training. Daniel
sends us money, so we have enough to live on, but we don’t have him. I miss
him and our children miss their father.
VOCABULARY
62
Have to
Hourly wage
Hours
Husband/wife
Job
Minimum wage
Need to
Pay
Tener que
El sueldo por hora
Las horas (de trabajar)
El marido/la esposa
El trabajo/empleo
El salario mínimo
Necesitar que
La paga / El sueldo
Paycheck
Raise
Schedule
Shift
Should
Social security
Taxes
Vacation
El cheque del sueldo
El aumento del sueldo
El horario
El turno
Deber
Seguridad social
Los impuestos
Las vacaciones
Lesson 28: living in the United States
A: Hi Mamá! This is Gilberto, calling from the United States.
B: Gilberto! I am so happy that you called! How is life in Vermont?
A: Very different, Mamá!
B: Different from Mexico?
A: Yes. Here in Vermont, grandparents do not live with the families. Children
move out of the house when they are eighteen. And no one kisses when they
greet!
B: They do not kiss?
A: No, they shake hands. It is very formal.
Saying hello
To a close friend
“Hey!”
“What’s up?”
“Good to see you!”
“How’s it going?”
To a stranger/someone older/boss
“Good morning.”
“Hello.”
“Nice to meet you.”
“How are you doing?”
Americans are generally informal but reserved.
Americans greet friends on the street with a smile and a wave.
American women hug or wave if they are friends.
American men shake hands or wave if they are friends.
Americans shake hands when they meet for the first time.
Americans do not kiss when they greet each other unless they
know each other well or haven’t seen each other in a long time.
63
63
64
True/False
o The American style of dress is different from
the style of dress in my home country.
o Americans eat at the same time as people eat
in my home country.
o Americans are more formal than people are in
my home country.
American families
American families are usually small, because grandparents often do not live
with the family. The average number of children in an American family is two.
Children usually move out of the house when they finish high school. Many
women in America have jobs, but some choose to stay home with the children,
if the family can afford to have only one breadwinner.
Americans usually marry when they are 25-29 years old. They invite friends and
relatives to their wedding. A newly married couple might choose to live close
to their parents, but often they live in a different town or city.
Many first marriages end in divorce. The United States has a very high divorce
rate, some people say as high as 50%. The divorce rate in Mexico is much
lower.
My name is Concepción, and I just moved to the United States. Everything is so
different here! Many more women have jobs, and families live very far apart. In
Tampico, I lived in the same house with my parents and with my grandparents. I
miss having my family so close to me.
VOCABULARY
Choose
Divorce
Finish
Formal
Greet
Hug
Informal
Kiss
64
Elegir / Escoger
El divorcio
Terminar
Formal
Saludar
Abrazar
Informal
Besar
Often
Reserved
Shake hands
Smile
Stranger
Style of dress
Wave
Wedding
A menudo/ Con frecuencia
Reservado/a
Dar la mano
Sonreír
El/la desconocido/a
Estilo de vestirse
Saludar con la mano
La boda
Lesson 29: living in the United States II
A: Maria told me today that her cousin is moving from Mexico to
the United States.
B: Is he coming here to Vermont?
A: No, he is going to Texas.
B: Are there many Mexicans in Texas?
A: Yes. Most Mexicans who immigrate to the United States live in California
or Texas. But there are Mexicans all over the country. And not only Mexicans
– people from Venezuela, Brazil, the Dominican Republic, and all over Latin
America come to the United States to work.
B: Do they send money home like we do?
A: Yes, or they bring their families. In 2008 there were more than 46 million
Hispanics in the United States. Hispanics now make up more than 15% of the
United States population.
American Facts
The United States became a country in 1776.
The United States was a colony of Great Britain that
became independent after the Revolutionary War.
The United States has 50 states.
The colors in the American flag are red, white, and blue.
American Government
The American government is based on the ideas of equality and liberty.
The American government has three parts:
65
EXECUTIVE
LEGISLATIVE
JUDICIAL
The President of the
U.S. lives in the White
House.
The Congress write
laws that the
President signs.
Judges decide if laws
are fair.
65
66
Many major cities, like New York and Los Angeles, are on the coast.
New York is the largest city in the United States. It has a population of 8,363,710
The next three largest cities are Los Angeles, California (3,833,995), Chicago, Illinois
(2,853,114) and Houston, Texas (2,242,193)
California is the state with the most people. There were 36,458,000 people living in California in 2006.
Wyoming has the smallest population, with 501,242 people. Vermont is the next smallest, with 619,107
people.
The weather changes all over the country, but there are differences. The Northeast has cold winters. The
Southeast is very sunny. The South is very hot. The Midwest is flat. In the Northwest it rains a lot. In the
West there are big mountains and deserts.
The population of Mexico is 111,211,789. There are 8,841,916 people living in Mexico City. The
population of the state of Vermont could fit into Mexico City about 15 times.
My name is Cristobal, and I am taking a trip to New York City to see my brother.
He is a waiter in a restaurant. I know that New York City is on the East Coast and
is the largest city in the U.S. My brother says that it can be very crowded and
noisy, but I don’t care. I am excited to see my brother.
VOCABULARY
66
Coast
Colony
Equality
Executive
Flag
Government
History
Immigrant
La costa
La colonia
La igualdad
El executivo
La bandera
El gobierno
La historia
El/la inmigrante
Immigrate
Independence
Judicial
Laws
Legislative
Liberty
Percent (%)
Population
Inmigrar
La independencia
Judicial
Las leyes
El legislativo
La libertad
El porcentaje
La población
Lesson 30: education
A: Good morning, Mrs. Ramirez. You must be Carmen’s mother.
B: Yes, Carmen is my daughter.
A: Thank you for coming to this parent-teacher conference. Carmen is
doing well in the fourth grade. I think she likes the school.
B: Good. I was very worried about her when we came.
A: She also has many friends here. Carmen is a very social girl.
B: How are her grades?
A: In math and science, Carmen always receives top grades. But she is
a little behind in English.
B: We came to the United States just two years ago.
A: I know. For that reason, I think Carmen should see a special reading
and writing tutor to help her with her English.
B: How much does it cost?
A: Nothing. It is free.
School Subjects
Elementary School
Kindergarten
First Grade
Second Grade
Third Grade
Fourth Grade
Fifth Grade
Middle School
Sixth Grade
Seventh Grade
Eighth Grade
High School
Ninth Grade
Tenth Grade
Eleventh Grade
Twelfth Grade
College (University)
67
Reading
Writing
Math (Mathematics)
Science
Foreign Languages
Social Studies
Art
Music
Physical Education/Sports
67
In the United States, all children must go to school. Children
have to stay in school until the 10th grade. After high school
graduation, some students choose to go to college and
others begin to work.
68
A: Ramona, how was school today?
B: Awful, mom. First I missed the school bus. Then I didn’t have my
homework for math class. I also didn’t remember to bring a lunch to
school. This afternoon, when I played with my friends at recess, I scraped
my knee.
A: I am so sorry! Tomorrow will be a better day.
Past tense verbs—negative form
Didn’t ___[verb]_______
Affirmative Past Tense
I
You
He/She/It
We
They
Negative Past Tense
missed.
remembered.
played.
scraped.
I
You
He/She/It
We
They
didn’t miss.
didn’t remember.
didn’t play.
didn’t scrape.
My name is Carmen, and I am ten years old. I am in the fourth grade at an
elementary school in Vermont. In the beginning I didn’t like my school, but now
I have many friends here. My favorite subjects are social studies and science.
When I grow up, I want to be a scientist.
VOCABULARY
College/University
Education
Elementary school
Grades
High school
Homework
Middle school
Parent-teacher conference
68
La universidad
La educación
Escuela primaria
Las notas
La escuela superior
La tarea
La escuela intermedia
Reunión de padres y
maestros
School bus
School subjects
Science
Scrape
Social studies
Teacher
Test
Tutor
El transporte escolar
Las materias
La ciencia
Rasparse
Los estudios sociales
El/la maestro/a
El examen
El/la profesor(a)
particular
Lesson 31: cooking
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
69
What are you cooking, Fernando?
Quesadillas. They are for dinner tonight.
They smell so good! What’s in them?
Tortillas, cheese, and salsa. It’s very simple!
Are you frying them?
Yes, to melt the cheese.
I can’t wait until dinner!
Cooking Measurements
Teaspoon (tsp)
Tablespoon (Tbsp)
Ounce (oz)
Cup (c)
Spoon
Spatula
Pot
Pan
Mixing bowl
Knife
Measuring cup
or spoon
Oven
Stove
Pint (pt)
Quart (qt)
Pound (lb)
Conversions
3 tsp = 1 Tbsp
2 Tbsp = 1 oz
8 oz = 1 c
1 pt = 2 c
1 qt = 4 c
In the summer, Americans like to barbeque. A barbeque is an outdoor picnic, where
meat is cooked on a grill. Hamburgers, hot dogs, steaks,
chicken, and spare ribs are cooked this way.
69
A:
It is your turn to cook tonight.
B:
What do you mean? I cooked last night!
A:
I thought José did.
B:
No, I did.
A:
Okay, then I’ll cook. I’ll make chicken.
B:
Never mind, I’ll cook. I remember the
Last time you made chicken!
At camp or at picnics,
children like to roast
marshmallows and eat
them in a sandwich with
graham crackers and
chocolate bars. They are
called S’MORES. (from
“Some more.”)
70
Brownies
6 ounces unsweetened chocolate
½ teaspoon salt
¾ cup butter (1½ sticks)
2 ¾ cup sugar
4 eggs
1 ½ cups flour
2 tablespoons vanilla
(1 ½ cups chopped walnuts)
Preheat oven to 350°. Butter a 9 x 13 inch baking pan. Melt chocolate and butter over
low heat, stirring often. Cool. In a bowl, mix eggs, vanilla, salt, and sugar, beating well
for several minutes. Stir in chocolate gently, then add flour, stirring only until blended.
Stir in walnuts (optional). Spread evenly in the pan and bake for about 25 minutes.
The brownies should still be a little soft. After they are cool, cut into squares.
Present Progressive
Cooking Words
Bake
Boil
Fry
Beat
Chop
Stir
Slice
I
You
He/She/It
We
They
am
are
is
are
are
baking
cooking.
grilling.
measuring.
stirring
My name is Alejandro, and I am trying to cook dinner. I am using a recipe, but it
is very difficult! There are many words I do not know, like chop, stir, and beat.
My friends are hungry and they are saying to me, “Alejandro, you are taking a
long time!” They are yelling so much, that I think I will let them cook the dinner
tonight!
VOCABULARY
70
Bake
Barbeque
Beat
Blend
Boil
Chop
Cook
Fry
Asar
La barbacoa
Batir
Combinar
Hervir
Cortar
Cocinar
Freír
Grill
Ingredients
Measurements
Melt
Mix
Recipe
Slice
Stir
La parilla
Los ingredientes
Las medidas
Derretir
Mezclar
La receta
Cortar
Revolver
Lesson 32: Music and recreation
71
A: What are you listening to, Luis?
B: I’m listening to rock music.
A: Rock music? Like rock-and-roll?
B: Yes. A song by Bruce Springsteen. He’s a famous
American rock musician. Here, listen.
A: I can hear it. It’s okay, but I like heavy metal.
B: Not me. Too noisy.
B: Almost!
AMERICAN MUSIC
Rock music became
popular in the United
States in the 1940s.
Elvis Presley was
called the King of
Rock and Roll.
Country music is most
popular in rural areas. Many
songs talk about the life of the
cowboy. Some famous
country singers are Dolly
Parton and Hank Williams.
71
Miguel:
Hey, Alejandra, do you want to
go to a movie?
Alejandra: How? We don’t have a car.
M:
I was thinking, maybe one night
when the patrón takes us to the grocery store.
There is a movie theater on the same road.
A:
You think he would leave us and
come back?
M:
Maybe. Or maybe he would go too.
It is worth asking.
A:
If not, maybe there will be
something good on TV.
M:
I know, but I’d like to see a movie
in a movie theater.
Jazz music began in the
South. New Orleans is
famous for Dixieland Jazz.
Louis Armstrong and Dizzie
Gillepsie were early jazz
musicians.
Hip hop is a style of
music popular with
young people and in
urban areas. It has a
strong beat.
What kind of movies do you
like?
Thrillers
Romance
Comedies
Western
Adventure
Sci-Fi
Documentary
I’d like = I would like
72
Today Anita and Eugenio are
dancing.
Yesterday Anita and Eugenio were
dancing.
A: What was Juliano doing?
B: He was reading a book.
A: Were you reading also?
B: No, I was talking on the
phone with my brothers. They
were watching my favorite TV
show in Mexico!
A: What were they wantching?
Today she is reading.
Yesterday she was reading.
Other Activities
Today I am watching TV.
Yesterday I was watching TV.
Watching movies
Running
Hiking
Going shopping
Past Progressive
I
You
He/She/It
We
They
was
were
was
were
were
Dancing
Reading the newspaper
dancing.
reading.
watching TV.
Painting
Doing jigsaw puzzles
I am Flora from San José, and I am going hiking today. Yesterday it was raining so I
could not go outside, but today the sun is shining. I asked my friends if they
wanted to hike with me, but they are watching TV. I don’t understand how they
can stay inside on a beautiful day like today!
VOCABULARY
72
Dance
Go shopping
Hike
Jigsaw puzzle
Listen to music
Movies
Music
Musician
Bailar
Ir de compras
Hacer excursionismo
El rompecabezas
Escuchar música
El cine
La música
El/la músico/a
Noisy
Paint
Read a book
Read the newspaper
Recreation
Run
Watch TV
Watch movies
Ruidoso/a
Pintar
Leer un libro
Leer el periódico
El recreo
Correr
Ver televisión
Ver películas
Lesson 33: sports
73
A: Guillermo, did you watch the hockey game on TV yesterday?
B: Hockey? What is hockey?
A: It is a sport that is popular in Vermont. It is played on ice.
B: On ice? What do you mean?
A: On frozen ponds. But mostly indoors, on ice rinks.
B: Is it like soccer?
A: A little, because there’s a goal. But you use sticks instead of your feet.
B: I don’t think I’m interested in hockey. I watch all the soccer games. I can’t
wait until the World Cup begins, so that I can cheer for my country.
1
2
3
73
4
Sports
Verbs
1. Basketball
shoot
2. Baseball
bat
3. Football
pass
4. Hockey
skate
5. Skiing
race
6. Tennis
serve
7. Golf
drive
8. Soccer
kick
5
8
7
6
What sport do you like to
play? To watch?
Do you prefer team sports
like baseball, or individual
sports, like running?
Do you think children
should have to play sports
in school?
A: Victor, how was the soccer game?
B: Great! We played for two hours.
A: Did you win?
B: Yes, we did!
A: By how much?
B: Four to three.
A: Did you score a goal?
B: I didn’t score one goal … I scored two goals.
We were tied, but my last goal won the game.
A: Way to go!
74
Sports in the U.S. are big business. Once, players stayed with the same team
until they retired. Now they go with whoever pays them the most money. Tiger
Woods, a golfer, is the highest paid athlete. In 2009 he made $110 million.
David Beckham, a soccer player, made $42 million. Michael Jordan, even
though he is retired, made $45 million.
There are not many professional soccer teams in the United States, although
many American children play soccer. The U.S. has a national soccer team but
they have never won the World Cup. Brazil has won four times since 1930. Italy
has won three times, and Argentina and Uruguay have both won twice.
My name is Rosario, and I am in the fifth grade. My favorite thing to do is to play
basketball. There is a basketball court at my elementary school, but usually I just
play in my neighbor Sam’s yard. He has a hoop attached to his garage. A lot of
the girls at school don’t like to play basketball, so I usually play with the boys.
They are taller than I am, but I am very quick and can run around them!
VOCABULARY
74
Athlete
Cheer
Fans
Game/Match
Goal
Highly paid
Ice
Individual sports
El/la atleta
Animar
Fan
El partido
Un gol
Bien pagado
El hielo
Deportes individuales
Lose
Play
Retire
Sports
Team sports
Tie
Win
World Cup
Perder
Jugar
Retirarse
Los deportes
Deportes de equipo
Empatar
Ganar
La Copa Mundial
Lesson 34: Clothing
75
Store Clerk: May I help you?
Customer: I’m looking for pants.
SC: Over here. Do you know what size?
C:
Maybe medium.
SC: Pants have waist and length size. Try a
30-inch waist and 29-inch length.
C:
Where do I try them on?
SC: The changing room is over here.
Store Clerk: May I
help you?
Customer: No,
thanks. I’m just
looking.
SC: Okay. Just let
me know if you need
help.
C:
Thank you.
This is a …
These are …
Shirt
Pants
Coat
Jeans
Shoes
Dress
Skirt
Pajamas
Jacket
Socks
Sweater
Swimsuit
Tie
Belt
E
A: Marco, can I borrow your tie?
B: Sure. Where are you going?
MACHINE WASHABLE
A: Mrs. Ashton is driving us to church.
DO NOT BLEACH
B: You have to dress up?
DRY CLEAN ONLY
A: She said we didn’t, but I like to. It’s
more respectful.
75
LABELS
HANDWASH ONLY
TUMBLEDRY LOW
DRY FLAT
76
A: Excuse me, I’m looking for a belt.
B: Belts are in the clothing section,
over there, next to the winter coats.
A: I’d like to exchange this shirt.
A: Do you have work boots?
B: Do you have the receipt?
B: They’re with the shoes. Just past the
hats.
A: Yes, right here.
B: Have you worn this shirt?
A: No, I just tried it on. It’s too big.
B: Okay. Here is your refund.
Sizes
Men’s, Women’s, Boys’, Girls’
S Small M Medium L Large XL Extra Large
This/That
These/Those
Is this your coat?
Are these your pants?
o No, it isn’t
o No, those are not my
pants.
Are you sure?
o Yes, my coat is that brown
one over there.
Are these your jeans?
o Yes, those are my jeans.
I am Ana, and I am going clothes shopping today with my daughter Luz. Her first
day of school is tomorrow, and she needs new clothes to wear. She grows so
quickly, and doesn’t fit into any of her clothes from last year. Luz doesn’t like to
wear dresses very much, so I will buy her some new pants and new shirts. She will
also need a winter coat, because it will be cold soon.
VOCABULARY
76
Belt
Changing room
Dress up
I’d like to exchange …
Jacket
Length
Pajamas
Size
El cinturón
El vestidor
Vestirse elegantemente
Me gustaría cambiar…
La chaqueta
La longitud
El pijama
El tamaño
Skirt
Socks
Sweater
Swimsuit
Tie
Waist
Wear
Work boots
trabajo
La falda
Los calcetines
El suéter
El traje de baño
La corbata
La cintura
Llevar
Las botas de
Lesson 35: taking care of the house
A: Hello?
B: Hello, Ricardo? It’s Samuel calling. What are you doing?
A: I’m cleaning the house.
B: You are? Why?
A: It’s my turn. I have to sweep, vacuum, and wash the dishes.
B: But I was going to ask if you want to come play soccer
with us in the park.
A: Well … maybe I can clean tomorrow.
B: You can always clean tomorrow! Tomorrow we aren’t playing soccer!
Wash the dishes
Mow the lawn
Cook
Vacuum
Take out the trash
Sweep
Hang the laundry
Do laundry / Wash the
clothes
Iron
These are some common household chores. What chores do you do most
often? Does everyone in your house take turns or do people have different
chores? Which chores do you like? Which do you hate?
77
77
78
Problems in the house
Hello, this is Armando. I’m calling
because the power is out. It was on
when I went to work. It’s very cold
now, so the heater has been off for a
while. Please call me as soon as you
can. I don’t know what to do.
The power is out.
The toilet is clogged.
The roof is leaking.
The stove doesn’t work.
The pipes are frozen.
The window is broken.
The shower won’t drain.
The door won’t shut.
A: Were you going to mow the lawn
today?
The heater won’t come on.
The telephone is dead.
B: Yes, I was going to mow the
lawn. But now I don’t think it is a
good idea … it is snowing outside!
Cleaning Supplies
Vacuum
Broom
Mop
Bucket
Sponge
Dish Soap
Laundry Detergent
Paper Towels
Rags
Glass Cleaner
Furniture Polish
A: That’s ridiculous! It’s May!
B: Maybe it’s ridiculous, but this is
Vermont.
Past Progressive with go
I
You
He/She/It
We
They
was
were
was
were
were
going to
clean.
vacuum.
wash the clothes.
I am Antonio, and I am six years old. Today I will help my mother with the chores.
We are going to wash the dishes, sweep the house, and iron clothes. We were
going to hang the laundry, but it is raining. The clothes will be all wet if we hang
the laundry outside so we have to hang them in the bathroom.
VOCABULARY
78
Broom
Clean
Cleaning supplies
Clogged
Dishes
Drain
Garbage can
Heater
La escoba
Limpiar
Los productos de limpieza
Obstruido/Atascado
Los platos
Desagüe
El bote / La basura
El calentador
Household chores
Laundry
Leak
Pipes
Power is out
Take turns
Toilet
Vacuum cleaner
Las tareas de casa
La lavandería
Gotear
Los caños
No hay electricidad
Turnarse
El váter
La aspiradora
Lesson 36: dining out
Waiter:
Maria:
Felipe:
Waiter:
Maria:
Waiter:
Felipe:
Waiter:
Felipe:
Waiter:
79
What would you like to drink?
Coca-Cola, please.
Water for me.
Are you ready to order?
Yes. I would like spaghetti with meatballs and a small salad.
And for you, sir?
I would like the tomato soup and the sausage pizza.
Would you like garlic bread also?
No, thank you.
I will be right back with your drinks.
Polite forms of ordering
“I would like …”
“May I please have …?”
“I’ll take the …”
Questions in a Restaurant
What would you like to drink?
MENU
Appetizers
Salads
Can I get you anything else?
Soups
Desserts
How is everything?
Entrees
Beverages
Are you ready to order?
Are you ready for your check?
In the United States, some restaurants are called fast food restaurants. They
are called fast food restaurants because the food is already made and can be
served very quickly. These restaurants serve inexpensive food, which tastes
good, but often is not very healthy. It can have a lot of fat in it. Obesity is a big
problem in the U.S. and fast food restaurants are one reason why.
79
Waiters in the U.S. are less formal than in other countries. Sometimes they
introduce themselves. Hello, my name is John and I’ll be your server tonight.
Some waiters are well organized and know when you need something. Others
ask you how everything is many times, even when your mouth is full and you
are chewing. Some waiters give you your food and never come back. What
do you think makes a good waiter? Do you think being a waiter would be a
good job?
80
Tipping
People usually tip between 10%
and 15%. Sometimes 20% in a
fancy restaurant or if the service is
very good.
A: Excuse me, but this is not what
I ordered.
Waiter: It isn’t?
A: Yes. I ordered fish, not pasta.
Waiter: I am so sorry, my mistake!
I will get you your dinner right
away.
A: Thank you.
My brother Federico and I are trying to decide where to go out to eat tonight. We
are very tired of cooking, and want to eat in a restaurant. We want a restaurant
that is close, not very expensive, and has good food. The problem is, I like pizza
but Federico likes Chinese food. We both like hamburgers so maybe we will go to
the diner. But it’s only open until eight o’clock, so we have to hurry.
VOCABULARY
80
Appetizers
Beverages
Check
Chew
Desserts
Dine/Eat out
Entrees
Hurry
El aperitivo
Las bebidas
La cuenta
Mascar/Masticar
El postre
Salir a comer
El entrante / Plato principal
Apurarse / Darse prisa
I would like …
Menu
Order
Restaurant
Salads
Soups
Tip
Waiter
Me gustaría …
El menú
Pedir
El restaurante
Las ensaladas
Las sopas
La propina
El mesero
Lesson 37: ordering pizza
Main Street Pizza: Main Street Pizza.
Customer: Hello. I’d like to order a pizza.
MSP: Pick up or delivery?
C:
Delivery.
MSP: Have we delivered to you before?
C:
Yes. It’s at Trowbridge Farm. The house halfway down the hill after the
barn.
MSP: Got it. For what time?
C:
5:30.
MSP: 5:30. So, what would you like?
C:
Two medium pizzas, one with green peppers and onions, the other with
ham, olives, and extra cheese.
MSP: Anything else?
C:
No, that’s all.
MSP: That will be $22.95.
C:
Okay, thanks.
Important Phrases
What toppings would
you like?
Pick-up or delivery?
Do you have …?
Have we delivered to
you before?
How much will that
cost?
What time do you
want it?
What size pizza
would you like?
81
Anything else?
My address is …
81
Main Street Pizza: Main Street Pizza.
Customer:
Hello. I’d like to order a pizza.
MSP:
What’s your phone number?
C:
332-7777.
MSP:
Trowbridge Farm?
C:
That’s right.
MSP:
Will we be delivering?
C:
No, I’ll pick it up.
MSP:
What time would you like it?
C:
Six o’clock.
MSP:
I’m sorry, but it’s 5:30 now. We can have it by 6:30, though.
C:
That will be fine, thanks. See you then.
82
Pizza Toppings
Pepperoni
Cheese
Sausage
Mushrooms
Pizza Sizes
Peppers
Small
Olives
Medium
Bacon
Large
Onions
Extra Large
Ham
I am Sandro, and I live with Cristóbal and Marco. We are going to order pizza
tonight, but we cannot decide what type to order. I like pepperoni and peppers,
Cristobel likes mushroom, olives, and sausage, and Marco only likes cheese
pizza. I guess we will get one large pizza, half with pepperoni and peppers, and
one half with what Cristobel likes. Then a medium cheese pizza for Marco.
VOCABULARY
Anything else?
Delivery
For what time?
How much will that cost?
Large
Medium
Order pizza
82
¿Algo más?
El reparto
¿Para cuándo?
¿Cuánto cuesta?
Grande
Talla mediana
Pedir pizza
Pick up
Slice
Small
That’s all
Toppings
What would you like?
Recoger
Una porción
Pequeño/a
Es todo
Los ingredientes
¿Qué te gustaría?
Lesson 38: holidays
83
A: Tomorrow is the beginning of Carnaval in Mexico! My mother reminded me
on the phone today. Carnaval was my favorite holiday in Mexico.
B: Why was Carnaval your favorite?
A: Because I come from Veracruz, where everyone celebrates Carnaval. There
is a five-day celebration with parades, floats, and dancing.
B: That sounds great. My favorite holiday in Mexico was Día de Los Santos
Reyes.
A: What does your family do on that day?
B: We give each other presents and have a big dinner.
Holiday Vocabulary
Party
Celebration
Presents, Gifts
Meal
Parade
Fireworks
Tradition
Cake
U.S. Holidays
New Year’s Day
President’s Day
Valentine’s Day
April Fool’s Day
Easter
Memorial Day
Fourth of July
Labor Day
Columbus Day
Halloween
Thanksgiving
Christmas
83
What do you do on …?
Birthdays
We give gifts and have a big celebration with a cake
and lots of friends.
Christmas
We invite the whole family over for a big dinner of
turkey, potatoes, bread, and pie.
New Years
We stay up until midnight and drink champagne.
Mexican Holidays
Día de los Santos Reyes
Carnaval
La Expropiación Petrolera
Cumpleaños de Benito Juarez
Semana Santa
Cinco de Mayo
Los Niños Héroes
Día de Independencia
Día de los Muertos
Día de la Revolución
Día de Nuestra Señora
Navidad
When is …
Your birthday?
Your favorite holiday?
Your nameday?
Your anniversary?
Your son’s or
daughter’s birthday?
84
Some holidays are the same in Mexico and the United States. Others are different.
FOURTH OF JULY
THANKSGIVING
In the U.S., the Fourth of July is also called
Independence Day. It celebrates the
country’s independence from England.
People have picnics or barbecues and
watch fireworks at night.
Thanksgiving remembers early settlers who
were thankful for a good harvest. It is a
time to be grateful for good things.
Thanksgiving dinner usually includes
turkey, stuffing, potatoes, rolls, and
pumpkin pie.
DIA de los muertos
Semana Santa
In Mexico people take food to the graves of
their family members. The family members
will gather around the graves to clean the
tombstones and plant new
flowers in memory and
honor of the dead.
Semana Santa is celebrated in Mexico in
the springtime, and lasts the week before
Easter. Some towns celebrate with
parades, and it is traditional to break
cascarones over friends and family.
I am Soledad, and today is December 24. Tomorrow is Christmas, and it will be
my first Christmas in the United States. The stores are decorated with a lot of
things and people are buying a lot of presents. At my house we are making
posole and chicken with mole sauce. For dessert we will have cake. We don’t
have a tree but I made some decorations at school. I have never had a
Christmas when there was snow. I think my parents are going to give me new
boots.
VOCABULARY
84
Anniversary
Birthday
Cake
Celebration
Champagne
Christmas
Fireworks
Float
El aniversario
El cumpleaños
El pastel
La celebración
La champaña
La Navidad
Los fuegos artificiales
El carro alegórico
Holidays
Meal
New Year’s
Parade
Party
Presents/gifts
Tradition
El feriado
La comida
El Año Nuevo
El desfile
La fiesta
Los regalos
La tradición
85
Appendix A: ALPHABET AND PRONUNCIATION
Letter
85
Pronunciation
Transliteration
A
a
a
B
b
bee
bi
C
c
cee
si
D
d
dee
di
E
e
e
i
F
f
ef
ef
G
g
gee
H
h
aitch
I
i
i
J
j
jay
K
k
kay
que
L
l
el
el
M
m
em
em
N
n
en
en
ay
86
O
o
o
o
P
p
pee
pi
Q
q
cue
R
r
ar
S
s
ess
es
T
t
tee
ti
U
u
u
V
v
vee
W
w
double-u
X
x
ex
Y
y
wye
Z
z
zee
vi
ex
zi
Differences between English and Spanish pronunciation
Letters
Vowels:
i in English is pronounced “ay” not “eee” as it is in Spanish
Consonants: b, p, and v are often difficult for Spanish speakers to articulate (See Pronunciation)
Spelling
Spanish spelling is regular and each letter represents a single sound. English is inconsistent. There are a
lot of irregular spellings. But perfect spelling is not a requirement for being able to speak
86
87
APPENDIX B: VERBS
REGULAR VERBS:
Regular verbs in English are conjugated using the infinitive. For example, to like:
In the present tense, the third person singular adds an s:
I like You like He/she/it likes We like You (pl) like They like
In the past tense d or ed is added to all persons:
I liked, etc.
In the future tense, the infinitive is preceded by will:
I will like, etc.
The present participle is formed by adding ing to the infinitive. In some verbs the spelling of
the infinitive changes slightly. In like, for example, the e is omitted:
liking
Verbs with a short vowel, like hop, add an extra consonant in the present participle:
hopping
Verbs that end in s, like kiss, or sh, like polish, or x, like box, or ch, like reach add es
to the third person singular:
He/she/it kisses, polishes, boxes, reaches
Verbs that end in a consonant followed by y, like copy replace the final y with ied in the past tense:
They copied
And replace the y with ies in the 3rd person singular of the present tense:
He copies
87
88
SOME COMMON ENGLISH VERBS:
88
Accept
Aceptar
Cough
Toser
Add
Añadir
Count
Contar
Admit
Admitir
Cover
Cubrir
Advise
Aconsejar
Cry
Llorar
Afford
Poder pagar
Cure
Curar
Agree
Estar de acuerdo
Allow
Permitir
Decide
Decidir
Annoy
Irritar
Decorate
Decorar
Answer
Contestar
Deliver
Entregar
Apologise
Disculparse
Depend
Depender
Appear
Aparecer
Describe
Describir
Appreciate
Agradecer
Deserve
Merecer(se)
Argue
Discutir
Disappear
Desaparecer
Arrive
Llegar
Disapprove
Desaprobar
Ask
Preguntar
Discover
Descubrir
Attack
Atacar
Dislike
Tener aversión
Avoid
Evitar
Divide
Dividir
Doubt
Dudar
Bake
Asar
Dress
Vestir(se)
Bathe
Bañar(se)
Drown
Ahogar
Behave
Comportarse
Dry
Secar
Belong
Pertenecerle
Boil
Hervir
Earn
Ganar
Borrow
Prestar
Educate
Educar
Breathe
Respirar
Embarrass
Avergonzar
Burn
Quemar
Employ
Emplear
End
Terminar/Acabar
89
89
Fix
Arreglar
Kill
Matar
Fold
Doblar
Kiss
Besar
Follow
Seguir
Kneel
Arrodillarse
Force
Obligar/Forzar
Knock
Golpear
Fry
Freír
Laugh
Reír(se)
Gather
Recoger
Learn
Aprender
Grab
Agarrar
Lie
Mentir
Grin
Sonreír
Like
Gustar
Guess
Adivinar
Listen
Escuchar
Live
Vivir
Hammer
Clavar
Load
Cargar
Happen
Ocurrir
Look
Mirar
Hate
Odiar
Love
Amar/Querer
Heal
Curar
Heat
Calentar
Marry
Casar(se)
Help
Ayudar
Match
Corresponder a
Hope
Esperar
Measure
Medir
Hug
Abrazar
Memorize
Memorizar
Hunt
Cazar
Mend
Reparar
Hurry
Apurarse
Miss
Extrañar
Mix
Mezclar
Move
Mover
Ignore
Ignorar
Imagine
Imaginar
Improve
Mejorar
Nail
Clavar
Include
Incluir
Name
Nombrar
Interrupt
Interrumpir
Need
Necesitar
Introduce
Introducir
Nod
Invite
Invitar
Asintir con la
cabeza
Itch
Picar
Notice
Notar/Darse
cuenta de
90
Own
Tener
Rush
Apurarse
Pack
Embalar
Satisfy
Satisfacer
Paint
Pintar
Save
Salvar
Pass
Pasar
Scare
Asustar
Pause
Hacer una pausa
Scratch
Rascarse
Peel
Pelar
Scream
Gritar
Phone
Llamar
Search
Buscar
Pick
Elegir/Recoger
Separate
Separar
Plan
Planear
Serve
Servir/Atender
Plant
Plantar
Share
Compartir
Play
Jugar
Shiver
Temblar
Point
Señalar
Shop
Hacer compras
Pour
Verter/Echar
Shrug
Practice
Practicar
Encogerse de
hombros
Pray
Rezar
Sigh
Suspirar
Promise
Prometer
Sip
Sorber
Protect
Proteger
Smell
Olfatear
Pull
Tirar de
Smile
Sonreír
Smoke
Fumar
Snow
Nevar
Squeeze
Apretar
Stare
Mirar fijamente
Question
90
Preguntar/Poner
en duda
Race
Correr/Competir
Start
Empezar
Rain
Llover
Stay
Quedar(se)
Reach
Alcanzar/Llegar a
Step
Pisar
Realize
Darse cuenta de
Stretch
Estirar/Extender
Receive
Recibir
Succeed
Tener éxito
Recognize
Reconocer
Suffer
Sufrir
Refuse
Rechazar
Surprise
Sorprender
Relax
Relajar
91
Trade
Trocar/Comerciar
Travel
Viajar
Trust
Confiar en
Try
Tratar/Intentar
Turn
Volver/Girar
Undress
Desvestir(se)
Unlock
Abrir (con llave)
Use
Usar/Utilizar
Visit
Visitar
Wait
Esperar
Walk
Caminar
Want
Querer
Warn
Avisar
Waste
Desperdiciar
Watch
Mirar/Observar
Water
Regar
Wave
Saludar con la
mano
Weigh
Pesar
Welcome
Darle la
bienvendia a
Whisper
Cuchichear
Whistle
Silbar
Work
Trabajar
Worry
Preocupar(se)
X-ray
hacer una
radiografía de
91
92
Some IRREGULAR VERBS
BE (SER, ESTAR)
PRESENT
PAST
FUTURE
1st person
I am
was
will be
2nd person
You are
3rd person
He/she/it is
was
will be
1st person
We are
were
will be
2nd person
You are
3rd person
They are
were
will be
PRESENT
PAST
FUTURE
1st person
I have
had
will have
2nd person
You have
had
will have
3rd person
He/she/it has
had
will have
1st person
We have
had
will have
2nd person
You have
had
will have
Singular
were
will be
Plural
were
will be
HAVE (TENER)
Singular
Plural
92
93
3rd person
They have
had
will have
PRESENT
PAST
FUTURE
1st person
I go
went
will go
2nd person
You go
went
will go
3rd person
He/She/It goes
GO (IR)
Singular
went
will go
Plural
1st person
We go
went
will go
2nd person
You go
went
will go
3rd person
They go
went
will go
DO (HACER)
PRESENT
PAST
FUTURE
1st person
I do
did
will do
2nd person
You do
did
will do
3rd person
He/she/it does
Singular
did
will do
Plural
1st person
93
We do
did
will do
94
2nd person
You do
3rd person
They do
did
did
will do
will do
With nearly all irregular verbs, the form in present tense changes only in the third person singular. For
the past and future the forms are the same for all persons. The future is formed by using “will” plus the
infinitive. For the following verbs we will give only the present form with the change for the 3rd person
singular & the past form. These are not all the irregular verbs in English, but some of the most
commonly used.
Por casi todos los verbos irregulares, la forma verbal del presente solo cambia en la tercera persona del
singular. Las formas verbales del pasado y del futuro tienen solo una conjugación por verbo. Se forma el
futuro con el uso de “will” y el infinitivo. Por los siguientes verbos, daremos solo la forma presente con la
conjugación de la tercera persona del singular y la forma del pasado. Esta lista de verbos no representa
todos los verbos irregulares que existen en inglés, pero son los más usados.
94
PRESENT (3rd sing.)
PAST
BECOME
(hacerse)
become (becomes)
became
BEGIN
(comenzar)
begin (begins)
began
BREAK
(romper)
break (breaks)
broke
BRING
(trazer)
bring (brings)
brought
BUILD
(construir)
build (builds)
built
BUY
(comprar)
buy (buys)
bought
CATCH
(coger)
catch (catches)
caught
CHOOSE
(escoger)
choose (chooses)
chose
CUT
(cortar)
cut (cuts)
cut
95
DIG
(excavar)
DREAM (soñar)
95
dig (digs)
dug
dream (dreams)
dreamed/dreamt
DRIVE
(conducir)
drive (drives)
drove
DRINK
(beber)
drink (drinks)
drank
EAT
(comer)
eat (eats)
ate
FALL
(caer)
fall (falls)
fell
FEED
(alimentar)
feed (feeds)
fed
FEEL
(sentir)
feel (feels)
felt
FIGHT
(pelear)
fight (fights)
fought
FIND
(encontrar)
find (finds)
found
FORGET(olvidar)
forget (forgets)
forgot
FREEZE
(helar)
freeze (freezes)
froze
GET
(obtener)
get (gets)
got
GIVE
(dar)
give (gives)
gave
GROW
(crecer)
grow (grows)
grew
HEAR
(oír)
hear (hears)
heard
HIDE
(esconder)
hide (hides)
hid
HIT
(golpear)
hit (hits)
hit
HOLD
(sostener)
hold (holds)
hold
HURT
(doler)
hurt (hurts)
hurt
KEEP
(mantener)
keep (keeps)
kept
KNOW
(saber)
know (knows)
knew
LEARN
(aprender)
learn (learns)
learned
LEAVE
(sair)
leave (leaves)
left
LIE
(echarse)
lie (lies)
lay
LOSE
(perder)
lose (loses)
lost
MAKE
(hacer)
make (makes)
made
96
MEET
(encontrar)
meet (meets)
met
MOW
(segar/cortar)
mow (mows)
mowed
PAY
(pagar)
pay (pays)
paid
PROVE
(demostrar)
prove (proves)
proved
PUT
(poner)
put (puts)
put
READ
(leer)
read (reads)
read
RIDE
(montar)
ride (rides)
rode
RING
(resonar)
ring (rings)
rang
RUN
(correr)
run (runs)
ran
SAY
(dizer)
say (says)
said
SELL
(vender)
sell (sells)
sold
SEND
(mandar/enviar)
send (sends)
sent
SHINE
(brillar)
shine (shines)
shone
SHOW
(mostrar)
show (shows)
showed
SING
(cantar)
sing (sings)
sang
SIT
(sentar)
sit (sits)
sat
SLEEP
(dormir)
sleep (sleeps)
slept
SPEAK
(hablar)
speak (speaks)
spoke
STAND
(estar de pie)
stand (stands)
stood
SWEEP
(barrer)
sweep (sweeps)
swept
SWIM
(nadar)
swim (swims)
swam
TAKE
(llevar/tomar)
take (takes)
took
TEACH
(enseñar)
teach (teaches)
taught
TEAR
(rasgar)
tear (tears)
tore
TELL
(contar)
tell (tells)
told
THINK
(pensar)
think (thinks)
thought
throw (throws)
threw
THROW (tirar/aventar)
96
97
97
UNDERSTAND (entender)
understand (understands)
understood
WAKE
(despertar)
wake (wakes)
woke
WEAR
(llevar)
wear (wears)
wore
WIN
(ganar)
win (wins)
won
WRITE
(escribir)
write (writes)
wrote
98
APPENDIX C: HEALTH VOCABULARY & FORMS
DESCRIBING SYMPTOMS
98
abnormal
anormal
abscess
absceso
acne
acné
anemia
anemia
anorexia
anorexia
anxiety
ansiedad
asthma
asma
bleeding
sangrando
blindness
ceguera
blisters
ampollas
blood in the feces
sangre en las heces
fecales
breathing
respiración
burns
quemaduras (m.)
discomfort
molestia
dizziness
mareo
double vision
visión doble
dry mouth
boca seca
earache
dolor de oído
eczema
eczema
emphysema
enfisema
exhaustion
agotamiento
fainting
desmayo
fatigue
fatiga
fever
fiebre / calentura
frostbite
quemadura de frío
/ congelación
headache
dolor de cabeza
healthy
sano
hearing loss
pérdida de la
cataract
catarata
chills
escalofríos
choking sensation
sensación de ahogo
heart attack
ataque al corazón
collapse
colapso
heart pain
dolor en el
common cold
catarro / resfriado
congenital
congénito
constipation
estreñimiento
contractions
contracciones
heartbeat
latido del corazón
convulsion
convulsión
heat stroke
insolación
cough
tos
hemorrhage
hemorragia
cramps
calambres
hoarseness
ronquera
cyst
quiste
hypertension
hipertensión
deafness
sordera
immunity
inmunidad
deformity
deformidad
incontinence
incontinencia
dehydration
deshidratación
indigestion
indigestión
audición
corazón
heart palpitation
palpitación del
corazón
memory loss
pérdida de la
memoria
mental impairment
deterioro de la
habilidad mental
99
weak/weakness
débil, debilidad
weight gain/loss
aumento/pérdida
de peso
nausea
náusea
numbness
entumecimiento
pain
dolor
paleness/pallor
palidez
palpitations
palpitaciones
paralysis
parálisis
pregnant
embarazada
puffiness
abotagamiento
pulse
pulso
rapid heartbeat
latidos rápidos
rash
erupción/ronchas
red spots
manchas rojas
restlessness
intranquilidad
rheumatism
reumatismo
ringing in the ears
zumbido en los
oídos
salivation
salivación
scab
costra
seizures
ataques/episodios
shock
shock/choque
shortness of breath
falta de
respiración
sneezing
estornudo
sore
llaga
sore throat
dolor de garganta
spasm
espasmo
stiff neck
cuello rígido
stress
estrés /tensión
nerviosa
99
sweating
sudor
swelling
hinchazón
yawning
bostezo
PARTS OF THE BODY
ankle
tobillo
arm
brazo
bladder
vejiga
body
cuerpo
bone
hueso
brain
cerebro
breast
sena
cheek
mejilla
chest
pecho
ear
oreja
elbow
codo
eyes
ojos
face
cara
hip
cadera
finger
dedo
fingernail/toenail
uña
foot
pie
groin
ingle
hair
pelo
heel
talon
leg
pierna
lip
labia
liver
hígado
lung
pulmón
mouth
boca
muscle
músculo
neck
cuello
nose
nariz
thigh
muslo
thumb
pulgar
tooth
diente
toe
dedo
tongue
lengua
vagina
vagina
waist
cintura
wrist
muñeca
MEDICAL TERMS
100
ambulance
ambulancia
antibiotic
antibiotico
antidepressant
antidepresivo
antiseptic
antiséptico
blood pressure
tension
condom
preservative
contagious
contagioso
contraceptive
anticonceptivo
cure
cura
diagnosis
diagnóstico
dose
dosis
fall ill/become ill
enfermar
filling (for tooth)
empaste
illness/sickness
enfermedad
injection
inyección
medicine/drug
medicamento
nutrition
nutrición
operation
operación
pill
píldora
sleeping pill
somnífero
surgery
cirugía
syringe
jeringa
thermometer
termómetro
100
101
DENTIST’S OFFICE FORM
101
102
102
DOCTOR’S OFFICE FORM
103
103
104
104
105
105
106
106
107
Appendix d: dairy VOCABULARY
ENGLISH
I. KINDS OF COWS
I. TIPOS DE VACA
Baby calf
Ternero/a
Bull
Toro
Calf
Becerro/a
Cow
Vaca
Heifer
Vacona
Yearling
Vaquilla
II. PARTS OF THE COW
107
SPANISH
I. ANATOMÍA DE LA VACA
Back
Espalda
Ear (s)
Oreja (s)
Eye (s)
Ojo (s)
Foot (Feet)
Pata (s)
Head
Cabeza
Hoof (Hooves)
Casco (s)
Leg (s)
Pierna (s)
Neck
Cuello
Nipple
Pezón
Rump
Anca
Stomach
Estómago
108
Tail
Rabo
Udder
Ubre
Vagina
Vajina
Vulva
Vulva
III. DESCRIBING THE COW
108
II. DESCRIPCIÓN DE LA VACA
Abnormal
Anormal
Bloat
Torsón /Timpanismo
Blood
Sangre
Breed (natural)
Monta (natural)
Clot/lump (clotted/lumpy)
Grumo (grumoso)
Contagious
Contagioso
Diarrhea
Diarrea
Dry cow
Vaca seca
Fat
Gordo
Female
Hembra
Fever
Fiebre
Hard
Duro
Heat
Celo
Healthy
Sano
Infected
Infectado
Infection
Infección
Inseminate
Inseminar
Manure
Abono
Mastitis
Mastitis
Moan/moaning
Quejarse/Está quejando
109
Mounting
Montando
Mucus
Mucos
Normal
Normal
Off feed
Sin comer
Old
Viejo
Open Cow
Vaca no preñada
Pain
Dolor
Pregnant
Preñada
Saliva
Saliva
Scours
Diarrea
Sick
Enfermo
Sickness
Enfermedad
Slow
Lento
Soft
Suave
Sore
Adolorido
Standing
Parada
Swollen
Hinchado
Temperature
Temperatura
Thin
Delgado
Unease
Inquieto
Urine
Orina
Weak
Debil
Young
Joven
IV. PROCEDURES
109
IV. PROCEDIMIENTO
110
Bacteria
Bacteria
Clean up
Limpiar
Connect
Connectar
Dip
Sumerjir
Disinfect
Desinfectar
Disinfectant
Desinfectante
Dry
Secar
Microbes
Microbios
Milk
Ordeñar
Sanitizer
Sanaedor
Soap
Jabón
Squeeze
Apretar
Strip
Ordeñar a mano
Suction
Succión
Wipe
Limpiar
Vacuum
Vacío
V. OTHER WORDS (Equipment,
Buildings, Personnel, Etc.)
110
V. OTRAS PALABRAS (Equipo,
Edificios, Personal, Etc.)
Air interceptor
Interceptor de aire
Alley
Pasillo
Automatic
Automático
Barn
Establo
Controller
Controlador
Cooler
Enfriador
111
Corral
Corral
Equipment
Equip
Fence
Cerca
Filter
Filtro
Gate
Puerta
Inspection
Inspección
Leak
Gotear
Lock
Seguro/Asegurar
Milk tank (bulk tank)
Tanque de leche
Milking barn
Sala de ordeño
Milking machine
Máquina de ordeño
Mixer
Mezcladora
Office
Oficina
Oil
Aceite
Pipelines
Tubería
Pulsators
Pulsadores
Pump
Bomba
Rinse
Enjuagar
Shut off
Desconectar
Teat cup
Pezonera
Trough
Waiting Room
Comedero
Cuarto de Espera
Worker
Trabajador
VI. FEED
Alfalfa
111
VI. ALIMENTO
Alfalfa
112
Barley
Cebada
Beet pulp
Pulpa de Remolacha
Concentrate
Concentrado
Corn
Maiz
Cotton seed
Semilla de algodón
Cotton seed meal
Pasta de algodón
Feed
Alimentar
Grain
Grano
Grass
Hierba
Hay
Heno
Minerals
Minerales
Mix
Mezclar
Nutricion
Nutrición
Oat (s)
Avena (s)
Powder
Polvo
Powdered milk
Leche en polvo
Rancid
Rancio
Silage
Ensilaje
Soybean
Soya
Soybean meal
Pasta de soya
Vitamins
Vitaminas
Water
Agua
Wheat
Trigo
Wheat bran
Afrecho de trigo
Yeast
Levadura
We are grateful to the publication Simplified Dairyman’s Spanish, © 1999 by Carlos Batallas, Ronald L. Boman, and
Allan Edwards of Utah State University for the organization of some of this vocabulary.
112
113
APPENDIX E: AGRICULTURAL VOCABULARY
Crops
La mezcladora
Pliers
El playo
Plow
El arado
Rake
El rastrillo
Shovel
La pala
String
La cuerda
Tractor
El tractor
Truck
El camión de carga
Wagon
El vagon
Wire
El alambre
Wrench
La llave
Alfalfa hay
Heno de alfalfa
Barley
La cebada
Beans
Los frijoles
Clover
El trébol
Corn
El maíz
Oats
La avena
Peas
Los chicharos
Potatoes
Las papas
Rice (wild)
El arroz de agua profunda
Rye
El centeno
Seeds
Las semillas
Silage
El ensilaje
Soybeans
La soja
Apples
Las manzanas
Straw
La paja (grano o pasto)
Blackberries
Las zarzamoras
Sugar beets
Las remolachas
Blueberries
Las blueberries
Wheat
El trigo
Bucket
El balde
Cherries
Las cerezas
Grapes
Las uvas
Ladder
La escalera
Pick
Recoger / Pizcar
Raspberries
Las frambuesas
Strawberries
Las fresas
Walnuts
Las nuezes de castilla
Farm equipment
113
Mixer
Fruit-related vocabulary
Bale
La paca
Baler
La empacadora de heno
Chopper
La picadora
Harvester
La cosechadora
Hammer
El martillo
Harrow
La rastra
Irrigation
Mixer
La mezcladora
Dry
Seco/a
Pliers
El playo
Filter
El filtro
114
Pipe (small)
La pipa
Pump
La bomba
Watering can
La regadera
Sprinkler
El rociador / irrigador
Wheelbarrow
La carretilla
Tank
El tanque
Valve
La válvula
Vegetables
Wet
Mojado/a
Artichokes
La alcachofas
Asparagus
Los espárragos
Beets
El betabel
Plant words
Bulbs
Los bulbos
Broccoli
El brócoli
Conifers
Los coníferos
Cantaloupes
Los melones
Evergreens
Los perennifolios
Carrots
Las zanahorias
Flowers
Las flores
Cauliflower
La coliflor
Mushrooms
Los hongos / champiñones
Celery
El apio
Nursery crops
Los cultivos de vivero
Corn
El maíz
Bedding plants
Plantas semilleros
Cucumbers
Los pepinos
Shrubs
Los arbustos
Eggplant
La berenjena
Sod
El césped / pasto
Garlic
El ajo
Trees
Los árboles
Lettuce
Le lechuga
Onions
Las cebollas
Parsley
El perejil
Tools
Chainsaw
La motosierra
Peas
Los chícharos verdes
Flower pot
La maceta
Peppers
Los chiles
Garden hose
La manguera
Radishes
Los rábanos
Hedge shears
La tijera para setos
Spinach
La espinaca
Lawnmower
La podadora
Squash & Pumpkins
La calabacita y calabaza
Pitchfork
La horquilla para paja/heno
Tomatoes
Los tomates
Scythe
La guadaña
Watermelon
La sandia
Shears
Las tijeras
Spade
La pala
Sickle
El hoz
Trowel
El desplantador
114
115
APPENDIX F: CALLING 911
Operator:
Vermont 911, where is your emergency?
/Vermant nain uan-uan, uer is yur emergencí?/
Operadora:
Vermont 911, ¿dónde está su emergencia?
Caller:
234 Mountain Road, in West Carthage.
/Maonten Road, in Uest Cartheg/
Persona que llama: 234 Mountain Road, en West Carthage.
Operator:
What is your emergency? - Or - Do you need Police, Fire, or
Ambulance?
/Uat is yur emergencí?/ - Or - /Du yu níd polis, fair, or ambiulens?/
¿Cuál es su emergencia? - o - ¿Necesita a la policía, los bomberos o la
ambulancia?
Speak as clearly as possible. The operator may ask if there is someone nearby
who speaks English. If there is no one and she cannot understand you, she will
get a state interpreter. If you cannot understand the operator, say, “I can’t
understand. I need an interpreter. I speak Spanish.” It can take a minute or
two to get an interpreter on the line. Do not hang up.
Hable de manera clara. Es posible que la operadora le pregunte si hay alguien cerca que hable inglés. Si
no hay nadie, y ella no le puede entender, ella llamará a un intérprete. Si no puede entender a la
operadora, diga, “No entiendo. Necesito un intérprete. Hablo español.” Puede demorar uno o dos
minutes para el intérprete llegue al teléfono. No cuelgue el teléfono.
115
116
Conversation A: FIRE / Incendio
(The 911 Operator will want to know if it’s in a building or outside, and will
want to protect you and people by getting you away from the fire. You may be
asked to leave your phone off the hook if the fire is in your house; that way the
operator can hear what’s happening in the house even when you’re not in it.)
La operadora de 911 querrá saber si el incendio está ocurriendo en un edificio o afuera, y también querrá
protegerla a usted y a otros y diciéndoles que se alejen del fuego. Es posible que la operadora le pida que
deje el teléfono descolago, para que ella pueda oír lo que pasa en la casa.
Caller:
It’s a fire.
Operator:
Where is it? /Uer is et?/ ¿Dónde está el incendio?
Caller:
In the garage.
Operator:
Stay away from the fire. The fire department will be there as soon as
/Ets a fai-er./ Es un incendio.
/En da ga-rash./ En el garage.
possible.
/Stey a-uei fram da fai-er. Da fai-er da-part-ment uil bí der as sun as pas-a-bol./
No se acerquen al fuego. El cuerpo de bomberos estará ahí cuanto antes.
Conversation B: POLICE / La policía
(The 911 Operator will want to know if you’re safe, if the scene is safe—is it a
fight? Are there weapons? What kind? Is someone violent?)
La operadora de 911 querrá saber si usted está seguro y si la escena está segura— ¿es una pelea? ¿Hay
armas? ¿Qué tipo de armas? ¿Hay alguien violento?
116
117
Caller:
There are two men fighting across the road.
/Der ar tu men fait-en a-kras da road./
Hay dos hombres peleando al otro lado de la calle.
Operator:
Do they have weapons?
/Du dey jaf uep-ans?/
¿Tienen armas?
Caller:
I think one of them has a knife, but I can’t see.
/Ai dink uan af dem jas a naif./
Creo que uno tiene una navaja, pero no puedo ver muy bien.
Operator:
Stay away from the scene. The police are on their way.
/Stei a-uei fram da sín. Da polis ar an der ueí./
No se acerque a la escena. La policía está en camino.
Conversation C: AMBULANCE / La ambulancia
(The 911 Operator will ask what’s going on: is the person conscious (awake)?
Breathing? Bleeding? She will quickly send the ambulance, then stay on the
phone with you to help you help the person. Breathing, bleeding, poisoning,
and shock are the order in which first aid should be dealt with.)
La operadora de 911 le preguntará qué está pasando: ¿la persona está consciente? ¿Respirando?
¿Sangrando? Ella mandará la ambulancia y seguirá hablando con usted para que pueda ayudar mejor la
persona. La respiración, la pérdida de sangre y el shock son los factores más importantes en una
emergencia.
Caller:
117
It’s my son! I think he’s broken his leg.
118
/Ets mai san. Ai dink jís bro-ken jis leg./
¡Es mi hijo! Creo que se ha roto la pierna.
Operator:
Is he conscious?
/Is jí kan-shes?/
¿Está consciente?
Caller:
Yes, he’s screaming! He fell out of the hayloft!
/Ies, jís skrím-en. Jí fel aot af da jei-laft./
¡Sí, está gritando! ¡Se cayó del granero!
Operator:
Keep him warm and don’t try to move him. The ambulance is on its
way.
/Kíp jim uarm end dont trai tu muf jim. Da am-biu-lens is an ets u-eí./
Cúbralo y no trate de moverlo. La ambulancia vendrá pronto.
Things to say in an emergency
FIRE: /Fai-er/ Fuego
The house is on fire. / Da jaos is an fai-er/ La casa se está incendiando.
There’s a fire in the barn. /Ders a fai-er en da barn/ / Hay un fuego en el
establo.
The field is burning. /Da fíld is bernin / El campo se está incendiando.
There is smoke coming from the furnace. /Da smok is camen fram da
fernís/ / La caldera está hechando humo.
It’s a big fire. /Its a big fai-er/ / Es un incendio grande.
It’s a small fire. /Ets a smal fai-er/ / Es un incendio pequeño.
No one’s in the house. /No uans en da jaos/ / Nadie está en la casa.
Someone’s in the house. /Samuans en da jaus/ / Alguien está en la casa.
118
119
There are animals in the barn. /Der ar enamols en da barn/ / Hay
animales en el establo.
POLICE: /Polís/ /La policía
There is a fight. /Der is a fair/ / Hay una pelea.
They have guns. /Dey jaf gans/ / Tienen armas.
Someone is shooting. /Samuan is shootin/ / Alguien está disparando.
They have knives. /Dey jaf naifs/ / Tienen navajas.
They are beating him up. /Dey ar beatín jím ap/ / Le están pegando.
He is hitting her. /Jí is gitín jer/ / Le está pegando a ella.
I heard someone screaming. /Ai herd samuan skrímin/ / Oí alguien gritar.
Someone broke into our house. /Samuan brok intu aor jaus/ Alguien
entró en nuestra casa.
Someone stole the television and all our money./Samuan stol da
televishon/ / Alguien robó nuestra televisión y nuestro dinero.
AMBULANCE: /Da em-biu-lens/ La ambulancia
Someone is hurt. /Samuan is jert/ Alguien está lastimado.
… has broken his leg. /jas broken jis leg/ … Se ha roto la pierna.
… was hit by a car. /uas jit bai a car/ …fue atropellado por un carro.
… had an accident on the tractor. /jad en aksident an da
tractor/ …tuvo un accidente en el tractor.
119
120
… fell and hurt himself. /fel end jurt jimself/ …se cayó y se lastimó.
… was in a car accident. /uas en a car aksident/ tuvo un accidente
automovilístico
He (she) is bleeding. /Ji (Shi)/ is blídin/ Él / ella está sangrando.
…can’t breathe. /kent bríd/ No puede respirar.
… is not breathing. /is nat brídin/ No está respirando.
… is having a seizure. /is jafin a si-sher/ Está teniendo convulsiones
… is unconscious. /is an-kan-shes/ Está inconsciente.
You should feel free to re-do the transliteration in whatever way makes it easier
for you to pronounce the words, since it’s important to pronounce them as
correctly as possible.
No dude en rehacer la transcripción para que sea más fácil para pronunciar las palabras. Lo importante
es que pueda pronunciarlas lo más correcto posible.
(Thanks to Brendan O’Neill for the transliterations of these dialogues.)
120
121
Workbook
Lessons 1 - 38
121
122
lESSON 1: Introductions
Fill in the blanks:
I
1) Hi, my name is _______________________________________.
2) What is your __________________?
3) I am ___________________ Guerrero.
4) __________________ are you from?
5) I ______________ from Chiapas.
6) Where _______________ you from?
7) My name _____________ Pablo.
8) What is ___________________ name?
II.
I ___________ from Mexico, but he ________________ from Guatemala.
They ______________ from Mexico City, but we______________ from
Guadalajara. _______________ you from Vera Cruz? Where _________ he
from?
III. A:
Hi, how are you?
B:
_______________________________________________.
A:
I’m okay, thanks.
B:
What’s new?
A:
_______________________________________________.
IV. Hello, my ___________________ is Maria Luisa. I ______________
from Zacatecas. What _______________ your name? How _________
you? I am __________________. Okay, ______________ you later.
122
123
LESSON 2: family
Fill in the blanks:
I.
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
How _______________ are you?
I ________________ twenty-two. How old ___________ you?
I am thirty _________________ old.
How old ____________ Juan?
He is __________________ years ________________.
II.
How old are you? _______________________________________.
How old is Juan? ________________________________________.
How old is your son? _____________________________________.
How old is your daughter? _________________________________.
III. Who is in your family?
I have _____________ brother (s), _____________ sister (s),
__________________ aunt (s), and ________________ uncle (s). My sister,
____________________ is _______________ years old. My
brother, ___________________, is __________________ years old.
I have __________________ son (s) and ___________________
daughter (s). Their names are _______________________________
________________________________________________________.
My mother is named _______________________________. She
is ______________________ years old. My father is named
________________________. He is __________________ years old.
My wife/husband is named ___________________. She/he is
_________________ years old.
123
124
LESSON 3: describing people and feelings
Fill in the blanks:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
How are you today?
I am _______________.
____________________________________.
My brother is _________________________.
Where is he?
_____________________ in Atlanta.
This man/woman is _________________________.
Is this man tall?
Is he handsome?
Is he young? Etc.
Fill in the blanks with the correct form of “to be”:
I ___________ happy.
My mother ___________ proud.
We _______________disappointed.
They ________________ frustrated.
You ________________ curious.
124
125
LESSON 4: money
Give the number form:
One dollar and twenty-five cents. ________________________.
Ten dollars.______________________.
Forty dollars and ninety-nine cents. _______________________.
Two-fifty. _______________________.
Nine-oh-five. _____________________.
Three eighty-seven. _______________________.
Fifteen dollars and sixty cents. _______________________.
Give the written form:
$1.50 ________________________________________________________.
$12.95 _______________________________________________________.
$80.00 _______________________________________________________.
$62.47 _______________________________________________________.
$9.00 ________________________________________________________.
Give the number form:
Eight-oh-two, four-three-nine, five-eight-four-two. _____________________.
Six-one-four, two-seven-seven, four-four-nine-zero. ____________________.
Five-zero-five, nine-eight-nine, three-three-six, six. ____________________.
Give the written form:
212-492-8001 __________________________________________________.
303-677-4582 __________________________________________________.
125
126
LESSON 5: in the house
Put an X in, on, under, beside, in front of, behind, between the boxes.
Which room?
I go to bed in the ______________________________.
The shower is in the ____________________________.
The refrigerator is in the _________________________.
The couch and the television are in the ___________________________.
Fill in the correct form of the verb to go:
Miguel ____________________ into the kitchen to make dinner.
Antonio and Julio ___________________ into the living room to watch t.v.
I _______________ into the bathroom to take a shower.
Then we all _____________________ into the kitchen to eat dinner.
My __________________ is Hidalgo and I __________________ in Vermont. I am
from ___________________________. In Vermont I _____________________ in
a house with ______________________
Rooms. The house is ___________________and _________________.
I like the _______________________, because it ______________________
_______________________. In my bedroom I have ___________________.
126
127
LESSON 6: parts of the body
7
5
1
2
4
3
I. Parts of the face:
8
6
1) _____________________________ 2) ___________________________
3) ______________________________ 4) ___________________________
5) ______________________________ 6) ___________________________
7) ______________________________ 8) ___________________________
1
2
II. Parts of the body:
1)__________________________
2)__________________________
3) __________________________
5
9
3
4
4) __________________________
5) __________________________
6) __________________________
8
7
7) __________________________
6
8)___________________________
III. A: What is wrong?
B: My ________________ hurts.
A: Do you feel _____________________ ?
B: ___________________________________________.
A: Do you ___________________________ to see the doctor?
B: _________________________________________________.
127
128
LESSON 7: time of day
I. Match the times:
Noon.
8:55
Two-thirty
6:45
Six forty-five
9:50
Ten till seven
5:17
Quarter past eleven
2:30
Nine fifty
12:00
Five seventeen
6:50
Five of nine
11:15
II. Fill in the blanks with the general time of day:
At eight o’clock in the ________________________, Rudolfo goes to work. At
_______________ he takes off for lunch. At one o’clock in the
____________________ he returns to work. At seven at ________________
he comes home and has dinner. By _______________ he is sound asleep.
128
129
LESSON 8: calendar and seasons
I. Fill in the blanks:
If yesterday was January 15th, today is _______________ and tomorrow will be
________________________. If today is April 10th, yesterday was
_______________ and tomorrow will be ________________________.
If tomorrow will be October 27th, then today is _____________________ and
yesterday was _______________________________.
II. Which season is it?
In _______________________ it snows in Vermont. In _________________ the
trees come out and the flowers bloom. In _______________________ you can go
swimming. In _______________________ the leaves turn yellow and red.
III. Fill in the past tense forms of the verbs to be and to have:
I am thirty, but last year I _____________ twenty-nine. For my birthday, I
_________________ a big cake. It _______________ chocolate, with vanilla
frosting. There _____________ twenty-nine candles on the cake. That
_____________a lot of candles to blow out. My friends _________________ all
singing Happy Birthday. It______________ a nice day. Everybody ____________
a good time.
129
130
LESSON 9: weather and days of the week
I. Fill in the blanks:
a) Today is Wednesay. Tomorrow will be ________________. Yesterday was
___________________.
b) Tomorrow is Saturday, today is _____________________, and yesterday
was ___________________________.
c) Yesterday was Sunday, today is _____________________, and tomorrow
will be _________________________.
d) Today is Thursday. Yesterday was ___________________, and tomorrow
will be __________________________.
II. You are a weather reporter. Give the weather report for each day.
May 15th. Today is ________________ and ___________________. Tomorrow
will be _____________ and ____________ degrees.
August 28th. Yesterday was a new high. It was ______________ degrees
and very ________________. Tomorrow will be ________________ and
_____________________. There may be _____________________.
January 3rd. Today is _____________________ and ___________________
with a high of ___________________. Tonight the low will be
___________________. Tomorrow will be _________________________ with a
high of ______________________.
III. What kind of weather do you like? (Answer however you wish.)
I like ___________________________________________________.
I don’t like ______________________________________________.
130
131
LESSON 10: food
I. Fill in the correct form of the verb to like:
Do you like chicken? Yes, _____________________ chicken.
Do you like fish? No, _________________________ fish.
Does she like fruit? No, ____________________________ fruit.
Does he like vegetables? No, ______________________ vegetables.
II. What kind of food is…?
A banana is a _____________________. Beef is a _____________________.
Broccoli is a ______________________. Chicken is a __________________.
Corn is a ________________________. An apple is a __________________.
III. Fill in the blanks with the correct form of to like (positive or negative):
Mario’s favorite food is chicken. He likes it with rice and bread. He
_____________________ like vegetables. His mother says, “Mario, why
____________________ you like vegetables?” “Because they don’t taste good,
Mama!” “Sometimes I think you don’t ________________ anything, Mario!” she
says. “That’s not true, Mama! I _______________ donuts and
cake and ice cream. They are my favorite foods!”
IV. Give examples of
Meats: ________________________________________________________
Fruits: _______________________________________________________
Vegetables: ____________________________________________________
131
132
LESSON 11: grocery shopping I
I. Which aisle is it in?
The chicken is in the _________________________ aisle.
The milk is in the ____________________________aisle.
The bread is in the ___________________________ aisle.
The coca cola is in the ________________________aisle.
The ice cream is in the ________________________aisle.
II. Fill in the blanks:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
B:
A:
Excuse me, where ________ the cheese?
It’s in the ______________________________ aisle.
I’m sorry, can you __________________ that, please?
Yes, it’s in the _____________________________ aisle. With the milk.
Thank you. And ______________ the ice cream there too?
No, it’s in the __________________________ aisle.
Thank you very _________________.
III. Fill in the blanks with the correct form of either to need or to want—
whichever one you think makes the most sense:
Tomorrow is my brother’s birthday. I ________________ to buy him a present. I
know he ____________________ a new camera, but I don’t
___________________ to spend so much money. I ______________ to think of
something cheaper. Maybe a new jacket, I know he ________________ one. He
probably ______________________ a red one, because red is his favorite color.
Come to think of it, I _________________ a new jacket too. I
_______________________ to ask someone for a ride to the store.
132
133
LESSON 12: grocery shopping II
I. Fill in the blanks:
How _____________________ is the bread?
How much _______________ the eggs?
How much ________________ the beef?
What is the _________________ per pound?
$9.95! That’s ______________________!
The chicken is ______________________, it’s only $6.95 per pound.
II. Fill in the blanks:
Cashier:
Will that be all?
Customer: Yes, __________ you.
Cashier:
That will be ____________________.
Customer: Thirty-two dollars and ninety-five cents?
Cashier:
That’s right.
Customer: ________________ is fifty dollars.
Cashier:
Here’s your __________________: $17.05.
III. Write the dollar amounts:
Fifteen seventy-five.
$________________________
Twenty-two fifty.
$________________________
Eight dollars.
$________________________
One hundred fifty two. $________________________
Twelve ninety-nine.
133
$__________________________
134
LESSON 13: comparing and measuring
I. Fill in the blanks with the comparative forms of heavy, cheap, small, big, smart
and strong. (There may be more than one correct answer.)
A bull is ___________________ than a chicken.
A chicken is ________________ than a bull.
A tractor is _________________ than a lawnmower.
A man is ____________________ than a mouse.
A skyscraper is ___________________ than a house.
A bicycle is ______________________ than a car.
II. Mark these statements true and false. (Some are a matter of opinion.)
A mile is longer than a kilometer.
A pound is heavier than a kilo.
The slowest runner wins the race.
A mosquito is bigger than an elephant.
It is healthier to eat fruit than to eat cake.
Bananas taste sweeter than apples.
The United States is a larger country than Mexico.
Vermont has a warmer climate than Mexico.
A rich person is happier than a poor person.
Men are smarter than women.
Women are smarter than men.
III. Write several sentences making comparisons of your own:
134
135
LESSON 14: telephoning
I. Fill in the blanks to leave a message:
Hello, this is __________________________. It is ___________________ o’clock
on ________________ afternoon. I need to ______________ to
Mr. Wilson right away. One of the cows is _________________________ and I
think he needs to look at her. Please have him _________________
me back as soon as possible. My _________________ is 455-5445. Thank you.
II. Fill in the blanks to report an emergency:
Yes, this is an _______________________. My friend __________________
____________________________. My address is ____________________
______________________________________________________________.
Can you ________________ right away?
III. Answering the phone and taking a message. Fill in the blanks:
a) Hello? No, Ricardo isn’t ___________________ right now. No, I don’t
___________________ what time he’ll be back. May I _________
a message? Okay, I’ll tell him you called.
b) Hello? Oh, hi. I’ll see if she _______________________ here. No, she
________________________. She’ll be ________________ at seven. Do you
want her to ______________________ you? Okay, I’ll ____________ her.
135
136
Lesson 15: in town
I. Fill in the blanks with the correct form of to be going to:
Mr. and Mrs. Brown _____________________ go to town. Their daughter Ellen
_______________________ buy a new dress. She knows that her parents
______________________ be upset because the dress she wants is very expense.
She ______________________ promise them that she will pay half of the price if
they will let her buy it.
II. Where do you …?
You mail your letters at the _____________________________________.
You buy food at the ___________________________________________.
Children go to _______________________________________________.
On Sundays some people go to __________________________________.
If you break your leg, you have to go to the ________________________.
III. Describe your house:
My house is _______________________ and _______________________.
It has a _______________________ and a __________________________.
It has _______________ windows and ________________ doors. Inside
there are ____________________ rooms: a ________________________,
a_______________________, and a ______________________________.
My room is ________________________ and _______________________.
_____________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________
136
137
LESSON 16: town and city
I. Use either the affirmative or the negative of the verb to go in past tense:
No, I ____________________ to town because I was too tired.
Yes, he ___________________ after work.
The children ___________________to school today because it was a holiday.
We ________________________ out to dinner because we didn’t want to spend
the money, but we ________________________ out for ice cream.
II. Where do you buy…? (kinds of stores)
Medicines ____________________________________________
Wood and nails ________________________________________
A jacket ______________________________________________
Food for dinner ________________________________________
Shampoo and Conditioner ________________________________
III. On the Street
When you walk, it is always good to cross the street on the
_______________________________________________________.
Cars can go when there is a green light on the
_______________________________________________________.
You can walk, but not ride bicycles, on the
_______________________________________________________.
All cars must stop at a
_______________________________________________________.
137
138
LESSON 17: in the country
I.
True or False: About Vermont
True / False Vermont has a mountain range called the Blue Mountains.
True / False Vermont touches the three states: New York, New Hampshire, and
Massachusetts
True / False The Lake monster that lives in Lake Champlain is called Nelly.
True / False The Connecticut River is below Vermont and 410 miles long.
II. Fill in the blanks with “look” or “see”
Martin: _________, Elena! There is Lake Champlain!
Elena: You’re right. I heard that there is a lake monster named Champ that lives
in the lake. Do you _____________ him?
Martin: No, I do not ___________ him. Can you?
Elena: It is kind of dark, but, oh! ___________! There is a dark shape in the
water! Could it be Champ?
III. Fill in the blanks with Vermont Landmark words
The farm I work at is located in the state of Vermont, close to the Green
______________. There are many cows, who live in a big red ______________
where we feed them __________. There is also a ____________ to keep grain in.
In the summertime, the cows live outside in a _______________ and eat grass.
Sometimes, we have to mend the _______________ so they do not escape.
138
139
LESSON 18: giving directions
I. Pretend someone is asking you for directions. Explain how to reach each place
using the words “go straight”, “turn right”, “turn left”, “near”, and “far”.
Where is the bathroom?
How do I get to the barn from the house?
How do I drive into town?
Where is the house of the patron?
II. On another piece of paper, draw out maps that fit these directions.
To get to the school from the supermarket: Walk straight for half a mile. Turn
right on Elm Street. Continue straight on Elm Street for two blocks. Take another
right on Seymour Street. Go straight for one block, and the school will be on your
left.
To get from town to the farm: Drive straight on Main Street. Keep going until you
see a white church on your right. Turn left after the church. Drive for about two
miles. You will cross a river. After the river, take the first road to the right. The
house is a gray house on your left, #26.
III. Explain to someone how to reach your house from the nearest town. Give
detailed directions and use landmarks.
139
140
LESSON 19: health I
I. Describing Symptoms. Fill in the blanks with the symptoms you might
experience with each illness.
1. Doctor, I think I have the flu. I have a __________ and a __________. My
________ hurts and I have been coughing all day. I am also very
__________, so much that I think I will fall down.
2. I must be sick with a stomach virus. I have ____________, _____________,
and I have been vomiting all day.
II. Expressions of frequency: Fill in the blanks with the appropriate word.
Today is Tuesday, and ______________ was Monday. On Monday I had a day off
from work. It was very relaxing, because I had been working ______________
without a single day off. I ____________ have time to watch TV, read, or play
soccer outside. The patron told me that I will have next Monday off, and the
Monday after that. I think I will have a day off from work
____________________________________!
III. Answer the questions with the auxiliary verb CAN or CAN’T + infinitive.
Can you dance? ______________________________________________.
Can you ride a bicycle? ________________________________________.
Can you play soccer? __________________________________________.
Can you juggle? _______________________________________________.
Can you sing? _________________________________________________.
140
141
LESSON 20: health II
I. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate word for the conversation.
A: Good morning. Do you have an _____________________________?
B: Yes, I do. I need to meet with the _______________________ at 10:30.
A: Are you a regular _________________ of the doctor’s?
B: No, this is my first time here.
A: Okay, take a seat. The doctor will call you in shortly.
II. Levels of certainty: Fill in the following words where it seems appropriate:
probably not, maybe, I think so, I’m positive, probably.
I am ________________________ going to jump out of a boat today.
_____________________ it will be a nice day tomorrow.
______________________ that my name is (your name).
_______________________ I will have chicken for dinner tonight.
Marco asked if the bread was in the refrigerator. I said, _______________.
III. Fill in the blanks with a word that fits the dialogue.
Hello, doctor. I am here today because I feel very sick. My ______________ and
my ____________________ hurt. I have been _______________________ since
________________________. I could not get an ______________________ to see
you before today. I cannot eat or ________________ anything, and I think I have
a fever. Could I have the ______________________?
141
142
LESSON 21: at the dentist
I. Taking care of your teeth: fill in the blanks with the appropriate phrase.
To have healthy teeth, it is important to ______________________ and to
_________________________ every day. It is best not to
________________________________, like candy and soda, because that
weakens your teeth. And once a year it is good to ______________________ for a
teeth cleaning.
II. Levels of difficulty: Fill in the blanks with the word that best fits.
It is ______________________ to learn English.
It is _____________________ to take care of my teeth.
It is ______________________ to know the name of every cow on the farm.
It is ______________________ to get to know Americans.
III. Introductory phrases: Fill in the blank with an appropriate phrase.
_________________________________ it is hard to get a dentist appointment in
my town.
_________________________________ the dentist will try to pull out all my
teeth!
_________________________________ anyone who works as a dentist.
_________________________________ I do not have any cavities when I visit the
dentist next week.
142
143
LESSON 22: pharmacy
I. Fill in the blank with the correct vocabulary word
1.
2.
3.
4.
Type of medicine that you swallow with water ______________________
Medicine you can buy without a prescription ________________________
Type of medicine you put directly on your skin _______________________
Medicine you can only get with a doctor’s permission
______________________________
5. Type of medicine you swallow using a spoon _________________________
II. In which pharmacy aisles would you find the following things?
Toothpaste ________________________________________________
Laundry Detergent __________________________________________
Cough Medicine ____________________________________________
Band-Aids _________________________________________________
Diapers ___________________________________________________
Shampoo _________________________________________________
III. The Imperative: Describe usage directions for a medicine by filling in the blanks
with the correct imperative.
You need to ___________ these pills twice a day, and always with water and
food. They are poisonous if you take too many, so ____________ let your children
or pets get near them. ______________ the directions on the side of the bottle,
and ___________ to the doctor if you begin having any strange symptoms.
143
144
LESSON 23: post office
I. Fill in the blank with the correct vocabulary word
I am going to ____________ a ______________ that I wrote today to my cousin in
New York. In the _____________, I tell my cousin about my life in Vermont and
news from our family in Mexico. I need to find a ________________ to put on the
letter so that I can send it. I think the patrón might have one. Tomorrow I will put
the letter in a ________________ in town, or maybe give it to the
___________________ if he comes by the house.
II. Form sentences using “will + auxiliary verb” and the subjects and phrases
provided.
We, work early tomorrow
_____________________________________________________
I, go to the grocery store soon
_____________________________________________________
You, milk on the new cows
_____________________________________________________
III. Now do the same thing, but this time use the contraction form of “will +
auxiliary verb”
They, save money this year
______________________________________________________
We, cook pasta for dinner
______________________________________________________
144
145
LESSON 24: wiring money
I. Answer the questions using “there is”, “there isn’t”, “there are”, and “there
aren’t”
Are there places to wire money in your town?
_______________________________________________________
Is there someone who speaks Spanish where you wire money?
________________________________________________________
Is there a fee to wire money home?
________________________________________________________
Are there other safe ways to send money home?
________________________________________________________
Is there a way to find out when the money arrives home?
________________________________________________________
II. Match the vocabulary word to the definition.
___ Bank Account ____Account number ____ Wiring Fee
___ Receipt
____ Arrival date
______ Western Union
1. A paper that is confirmation of the amount of money you wired
2. The money you must pay extra to wire money
3. The day the money will arrive
4. A place you hold your money in a bank
5. The number you must give when you wire money to another bank
6. A bank in the United States that wires money
145
146
LESSON 25: animals
I. Name the animal
____________
_________
____________
___________
__________
___________
____________
_____________
II. Fill in the blanks with the correct “Animal Word”
1. A cat has four ______________.
2. Horses have very hard feet, called ______________. They wear shoes called
horseshoes.
3. The mouth of a bird is called a ______________, and their bodies are
covered in ____________________.
4. A squirrel has a long and bushy __________________ that helps them to
balance.
5. On their head, deer have two _______________. Sometimes male deer use
these to fight.
6. When cats are afraid, they scratch with their ____________________.
7. Bears are covered in _________________, which helps them stay warm
during the winter like a winter coat.
146
147
LESSON 26: cows
I. Name the parts of the cow
II. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate vocabulary word
A baby cow is called a ______________________.
A male cow is called a ______________________.
A young female cow is called a ___________________.
III. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate vocabulary word
On our farm, we have many cows, and also two male cows, or _________. Most
of our cows are black and white, and they are called ________________. These
cows produce more milk than the brown cows called __________________. We
milk the cows _____________________ at our farm, everyday, except if a cow is
__________, in which case we give them medicine. This year many cows at the
farm are pregnant, which means that in the spring we will have lots of
________________.
147
148
LESSON 27: jobs
I. Using the words in the box to the right, fill in the blanks to complete the
sentences.
1. I need to check the ____________ to find out if I work
tomorrow.
2. The patrón said that at the end of the month we would
all receive a _____________ of $1.00/hour.
3. Every two weeks, the patrón gives us our ___________.
Those days, my friends and I order pizza to celebrate.
4. I need to talk with the patrón to see if I can work
Schedule
Hours
Pay
Hourly Wage
Minimum
Wage
Taxes
Social Security
Raise
Paycheck
fewer __________. I am working so much that I do not have
time to sleep.
II. Finish the sentences
I need to _______________________________________________________.
I have to ________________________________________________________.
I should ________________________________________________________.
III. Use different adjectives to describe jobs
The job I have right now if ___________, ______________, and a little
___________. It is definitely not _________________.
My dream job is to be a ____________________. I think that job would be
________________ and ________________.
148
149
LESSON 28: living in the united states I
I. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate greeting.
Here are some ways that I would greet a friend:
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
__________________________________________
This is how I would greet a stranger, someone older, or my boss:
___________________________________________
___________________________________________
___________________________________________
II. American Greetings: Circle True or False
True / False - Americans usually kiss when they greet.
True/False - Americans are typically informal and reserved.
True/False - In the United States, strangers usually hug.
True/False - It is typical for American men to greet each other with a
handshake.
III. Read the paragraph on “American families”, and write down three differences
between American families and families in your home country.
1. _________________________________________________________
2. _________________________________________________________
3. _________________________________________________________
IV. Fill in the blanks with appropriate words:
Americans usually _________________ when they are 25-29 years old.
Many first marriages end in __________________________.
The _________________ number of children in an American family is two.
__________________________ often do not live with a family.
Children usually _____________________ of the house after high school.
Many women in America _____________________ outside the home.
149
150
LESSON 29: living in the united states II
I. Fill in the blank with the correct vocabulary word
1. The American Constitution is based on the ideas of ______________ and
__________________.
2. The three branches of the American government are the
_________________, the _____________________, and the
_______________________.
3. The colors in the American flag are _______________, ________________,
and ___________________.
II.
Use the map to complete this section.
Name three states on the East Coast of the United States
_______________, _________________, _________________
Name three states in the South of the United States
_______________, _________________, _________________
Name three states on the West Coast of the United States
_______________, _________________, _________________
Name three states in the central area of the United States
_______________, _________________, _________________
Which states have you been to?
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________
150
151
LESSON 30: EDUCATION
I. Fill in the blanks:
Teacher:
What _________________ are you in, Ramona?
Ramona:
Last year I _________________ in second grade, so this year I will be
in ____________________ grade.
Teacher:
___________ you learn your multiplication tables?
Ramona:
No, I ____________________.
Teacher:
Well, you will learn them this year.
II. Write the negative past tense of the following verbs:
I liked soccer. I ________________________________ football.
He played baseball. He __________________________ basketball.
We remembered to get eggs, but we _____________________ to get butter.
They wanted rain, but they_________________________ a hurricane!
You received an A in Science, but you _____________________ an A in Math.
III. Fill in the blanks:
In _____________________________ class we are learning to sing. In
___________________________ we are learning how to add and subtract. In
_____________________________ we are learning how to draw. In
________________________________ we are doing experiments. In
____________________________ we are studying the Civil War. And in
_______________________________ we are playing volleyball.
151
152
LESSON 31: COOKING
I. Fill in the blanks:
I am ______________________ flour to make a cake. Juan is
_______________________ meat on the barbecue. Andrew is
_______________________ the posole. When the cake is _______________ in
the oven, I will get a beer out of the refrigerator and relax.
II. Fill in the blanks:
1) We eat soup with a ____________________________.
2) We cut meat with a ____________________________.
3) We fry eggs in a ___________________________.
4) Potholders are for taking hot things out of the __________________.
5) We use a _____________________________ to turn over quesadillas.
III. Fill in the blanks:
3 teaspoons = 1 ______________________.
8 ounces = 1 _________________________.
2 cups = 1 ___________________________.
2 pints = 1 ___________________________.
IV. Write out a recipe for something you like to cook on another piece of paper.
Give the measurements and then the directions.
152
153
LESSON 32: MUSIC AND RECREATION
I. Fill in the blanks using the form of the present progressive.
1) Maria __________________________ a book.
2) Luisa ___________________________ television.
3) Rojelio __________________________ to music.
4) Daniel ___________________________ on the phone.
5) Alessandra __________________________ for a new dress.
II. Fill in the blanks using the past progressive form of the verbs wear, read,
watch, go:
Yesterday I _____________________ a book when someone knocked on the
door. It was my neighbor, Tomas. He ____________________ a funny hat and a
costume because he ___________________________ trick-or-treating for
Halloween. His brother ________________________ a movie on television and
so Tomas asked me to go with him instead.
III. Complete the following sentences.
I like movies that are _________________________________________.
I don’t like _______________________________ movies.
One of my favorite movies is ____________________________________.
A movie about my life would be named ______________________________ .
The sound track would be _________________________________________ (kind
of music).
My favorite kind of music is ________________________________________.
153
154
LESSON 33: SPORTS
I. Fill in the blanks:
1) In ________________________ you try to kick the ball through the goal.
2) In ________________________ you hit the ball with the bat.
3) In ________________________ you serve the ball over the net.
4) In ________________________ you go very fast down the mountain.
5) In ________________________ you skate on an ice rink.
II. Fill in the blanks:
Antonio likes to ________________________ soccer. In the last game he scored
two ______________________. His friend Marco ________________
one. The score was 3 – 3 until the last quarter, when Marco passed the
_________________________ to Antonio and Antonio _________________ a
goal.
III. Make sentences using as many of the following sports words as you can: win,
team, athlete, money, soccer, run, fast, goal, ball, player, kick, score.
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
________________________________
154
155
LESSON 34: CLOTHING
I. Fill in the blanks:
Clerk:
May I ______________________ you?
Customer: I’m ______________________ for pants.
Clerk:
What _________________?
Customer: A 30 _________________ and 29 ______________________.
Where do I ___________________ them on?
Clerk:
Right over here.
II. Fill in the blanks with this or that, these or those:
1) _______________________ isn’t my hat; __________________ one right here
is.
2) Are _________________________ your shoes? Or are _______________ your
shoes over under the chair?
3) _______________________ groceries she took to her car weren’t hers!
___________________ are!
III. Armando is going to visit his uncle for a week. List all the clothes he will need
to pack:
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
155
156
Lesson 35: cleaning the house
I. Fill in the blanks:
1) After dinner, we wash ___________________________________.
2) When the rug is dirty, we _______________________ it.
3) We _________________ the floor with a broom.
4) We ___________________ the laundry on the clothesline when it’s sunny.
5) We ____________________ the lawn with the lawnmower.
II. Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the past progressive of to go:
1) Yesterday, I
____________ ______________________ to mow the lawn,
but I couldn’t because it rained.
2) Last week they _________________ _________________ to visit their
Uncle, but they couldn’t because he got sick.
3) When Mario was little, he _________________ ____________________
to be a doctor, but he discovered he hated the sight of blood.
4) We _____________________
_____________________ to make posole, but
we decided to make enchiladas instead.
III. Write down what you would say to call someone to say that something is
wrong in the house:
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________
156
157
LESSON 36: dining out
I. Fill in the blanks.
Waiter:
Are you ________________ to order?
Customer: Yes, I would __________________ a _____________________.
Waiter:
_______________ you like something to drink?
Customer: Yes, I’ll ____________________ a _____________________.
Waiter:
I’ll be right _____________________ with your drink.
II. Rewrite these sentences using polite forms:
1. Give me a pizza right now! ______________________________________
______________________________________________________________.
2. I ordered a coca-cola, not coffee! _________________________________
______________________________________________________________.
3. Of course I’m not ready for the check! Go away! ____________________
______________________________________________________________.
III. Finish this story about a terrible waiter:
Last night my sister and I went out to dinner. But the waiter was so bad! First he
forgot to _____________________________________, then he
brought ______________________ when we ordered _________________ ,
then he _______________________________________________________.
He kept saying, _________________________________________________!
My sister said we shouldn’t leave him a tip. I think _____________________
______________________________________________________________.
157
158
Lesson 37: ordering pizza
I. Fill in the blanks:
A: Hello, I’d like to __________________ a pizza.
B: What would you __________________ on it?
A: ________________, __________________, & _____________________.
B: Will that be pick-up or __________________________?
A: ___________________________.
B: What ________________________?
A: ___________________________.
B: Okay, see you then.
II. List as many pizza toppings as you can remember:
_______________________________
__________________________
_______________________________
__________________________
_______________________________
__________________________
_______________________________
__________________________
_______________________________
__________________________
III. Write down directions to your house from the pizza place (get help if you need
it). _______________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
158
159
Lesson 38: holidays
I. Fill in the blanks, using the following words:
Today I am fifteen years _____________. Tonight there will be a
______________ to celebrate. I will have a chocolate _______________
with coconut frosting. I hope my friends will give me ________________. One of
my friends, Lupita, is from Mexico. I wish I could have my fifteenth
___________________ there, because she has told me it is a big
_______________________. It is called the Quincañera.
II. Fill in the blanks of the “Happy Birthday” song.
_______________________ Birthday to you,
Happy _________________________ to you,
______________ ______________________, dear (person’s name),
______________
_______________________
_____
__________!
III. Write about your favorite holiday. Say why it is and tell about something that
happened once on that day when you celebrated it.
My favorite holiday is ______________________________________,
because _______________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________.
One time on _____________________________________ (name of holiday),
______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________.
159
